tc-arc.c revision 1.1.1.7 1 1.1 christos /* tc-arc.c -- Assembler for the ARC
2 1.1.1.7 christos Copyright (C) 1994-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1.1.2 christos
4 1.1.1.2 christos Contributor: Claudiu Zissulescu <claziss (at) synopsys.com>
5 1.1 christos
6 1.1 christos This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
7 1.1 christos
8 1.1 christos GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 1.1 christos it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 1.1 christos the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
11 1.1 christos any later version.
12 1.1 christos
13 1.1 christos GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 1.1 christos but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 1.1 christos MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 1.1 christos GNU General Public License for more details.
17 1.1 christos
18 1.1 christos You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 1.1 christos along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
20 1.1 christos Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
21 1.1 christos 02110-1301, USA. */
22 1.1 christos
23 1.1 christos #include "as.h"
24 1.1.1.2 christos #include "subsegs.h"
25 1.1.1.2 christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
26 1.1.1.3 christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
27 1.1 christos #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 1.1.1.2 christos
29 1.1 christos #include "opcode/arc.h"
30 1.1.1.4 christos #include "opcode/arc-attrs.h"
31 1.1 christos #include "elf/arc.h"
32 1.1.1.3 christos #include "../opcodes/arc-ext.h"
33 1.1 christos
34 1.1.1.2 christos /* Defines section. */
35 1.1 christos
36 1.1.1.2 christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
37 1.1.1.2 christos #define MAX_CONSTR_STR 20
38 1.1.1.3 christos #define FRAG_MAX_GROWTH 8
39 1.1.1.2 christos
40 1.1.1.2 christos #ifdef DEBUG
41 1.1.1.2 christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...) fprintf (stderr, fmt, ##args)
42 1.1.1.2 christos #else
43 1.1.1.2 christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...)
44 1.1.1.2 christos #endif
45 1.1.1.2 christos
46 1.1.1.2 christos #define MAJOR_OPCODE(x) (((x) & 0xF8000000) >> 27)
47 1.1.1.2 christos #define SUB_OPCODE(x) (((x) & 0x003F0000) >> 16)
48 1.1.1.4 christos #define LP_INSN(x) ((MAJOR_OPCODE (x) == 0x4) \
49 1.1.1.4 christos && (SUB_OPCODE (x) == 0x28))
50 1.1.1.2 christos
51 1.1.1.3 christos #ifndef TARGET_WITH_CPU
52 1.1.1.7 christos #define TARGET_WITH_CPU "hs38_linux"
53 1.1.1.3 christos #endif /* TARGET_WITH_CPU */
54 1.1.1.3 christos
55 1.1.1.4 christos #define ARC_GET_FLAG(s) (*symbol_get_tc (s))
56 1.1.1.4 christos #define ARC_SET_FLAG(s,v) (*symbol_get_tc (s) |= (v))
57 1.1.1.4 christos #define streq(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
58 1.1.1.4 christos
59 1.1.1.3 christos /* Enum used to enumerate the relaxable ins operands. */
60 1.1.1.3 christos enum rlx_operand_type
61 1.1.1.3 christos {
62 1.1.1.3 christos EMPTY = 0,
63 1.1.1.3 christos REGISTER,
64 1.1.1.3 christos REGISTER_S, /* Register for short instruction(s). */
65 1.1.1.3 christos REGISTER_NO_GP, /* Is a register but not gp register specifically. */
66 1.1.1.3 christos REGISTER_DUP, /* Duplication of previous operand of type register. */
67 1.1.1.3 christos IMMEDIATE,
68 1.1.1.3 christos BRACKET
69 1.1.1.3 christos };
70 1.1.1.3 christos
71 1.1.1.3 christos enum arc_rlx_types
72 1.1.1.3 christos {
73 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_NONE = 0,
74 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_BL_S,
75 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_BL,
76 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_B_S,
77 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_B,
78 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U3,
79 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U6,
80 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM,
81 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_LD_U7,
82 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_LD_S9,
83 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM,
84 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_U8,
85 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_S12,
86 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM,
87 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U3,
88 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U6,
89 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM,
90 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_MPY_U6,
91 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM,
92 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6,
93 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM,
94 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6,
95 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM,
96 1.1.1.3 christos };
97 1.1.1.3 christos
98 1.1.1.2 christos /* Macros section. */
99 1.1.1.2 christos
100 1.1.1.2 christos #define regno(x) ((x) & 0x3F)
101 1.1.1.2 christos #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & ~0x3F) == 0)
102 1.1.1.3 christos #define is_code_density_p(sc) (((sc) == CD1 || (sc) == CD2))
103 1.1.1.3 christos #define is_spfp_p(op) (((sc) == SPX))
104 1.1.1.3 christos #define is_dpfp_p(op) (((sc) == DPX))
105 1.1.1.3 christos #define is_fpuda_p(op) (((sc) == DPA))
106 1.1.1.4 christos #define is_br_jmp_insn_p(op) (((op)->insn_class == BRANCH \
107 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == JUMP \
108 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == BRCC \
109 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == BBIT0 \
110 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == BBIT1 \
111 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == BI \
112 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == EI \
113 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == ENTER \
114 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == JLI \
115 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == LOOP \
116 1.1.1.4 christos || (op)->insn_class == LEAVE \
117 1.1.1.4 christos ))
118 1.1.1.3 christos #define is_kernel_insn_p(op) (((op)->insn_class == KERNEL))
119 1.1.1.3 christos #define is_nps400_p(op) (((sc) == NPS400))
120 1.1 christos
121 1.1.1.2 christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
122 1.1.1.2 christos targets. */
123 1.1 christos
124 1.1.1.2 christos /* Characters which always start a comment. */
125 1.1 christos const char comment_chars[] = "#;";
126 1.1 christos
127 1.1.1.2 christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
128 1.1 christos const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
129 1.1 christos
130 1.1.1.2 christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
131 1.1.1.2 christos single line. */
132 1.1.1.2 christos const char line_separator_chars[] = "`";
133 1.1 christos
134 1.1.1.2 christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
135 1.1.1.2 christos point number. */
136 1.1 christos const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
137 1.1 christos
138 1.1 christos /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant
139 1.1 christos As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. */
140 1.1 christos const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdD";
141 1.1 christos
142 1.1 christos /* Byte order. */
143 1.1 christos extern int target_big_endian;
144 1.1 christos const char *arc_target_format = DEFAULT_TARGET_FORMAT;
145 1.1 christos static int byte_order = DEFAULT_BYTE_ORDER;
146 1.1 christos
147 1.1.1.3 christos /* Arc extension section. */
148 1.1.1.3 christos static segT arcext_section;
149 1.1.1.3 christos
150 1.1.1.3 christos /* By default relaxation is disabled. */
151 1.1.1.3 christos static int relaxation_state = 0;
152 1.1.1.3 christos
153 1.1.1.2 christos extern int arc_get_mach (char *);
154 1.1 christos
155 1.1.1.3 christos /* Forward declarations. */
156 1.1.1.2 christos static void arc_lcomm (int);
157 1.1.1.2 christos static void arc_option (int);
158 1.1.1.2 christos static void arc_extra_reloc (int);
159 1.1.1.3 christos static void arc_extinsn (int);
160 1.1.1.3 christos static void arc_extcorereg (int);
161 1.1.1.4 christos static void arc_attribute (int);
162 1.1 christos
163 1.1.1.2 christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
164 1.1.1.2 christos {
165 1.1.1.2 christos /* Make sure that .word is 32 bits. */
166 1.1.1.2 christos { "word", cons, 4 },
167 1.1 christos
168 1.1.1.2 christos { "align", s_align_bytes, 0 }, /* Defaulting is invalid (0). */
169 1.1.1.2 christos { "lcomm", arc_lcomm, 0 },
170 1.1.1.2 christos { "lcommon", arc_lcomm, 0 },
171 1.1.1.2 christos { "cpu", arc_option, 0 },
172 1.1.1.2 christos
173 1.1.1.4 christos { "arc_attribute", arc_attribute, 0 },
174 1.1.1.3 christos { "extinstruction", arc_extinsn, 0 },
175 1.1.1.3 christos { "extcoreregister", arc_extcorereg, EXT_CORE_REGISTER },
176 1.1.1.3 christos { "extauxregister", arc_extcorereg, EXT_AUX_REGISTER },
177 1.1.1.3 christos { "extcondcode", arc_extcorereg, EXT_COND_CODE },
178 1.1.1.3 christos
179 1.1.1.2 christos { "tls_gd_ld", arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD },
180 1.1.1.2 christos { "tls_gd_call", arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL },
181 1.1.1.2 christos
182 1.1.1.2 christos { NULL, NULL, 0 }
183 1.1.1.2 christos };
184 1.1 christos
185 1.1 christos const char *md_shortopts = "";
186 1.1 christos
187 1.1 christos enum options
188 1.1 christos {
189 1.1 christos OPTION_EB = OPTION_MD_BASE,
190 1.1 christos OPTION_EL,
191 1.1.1.2 christos
192 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_ARC600,
193 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_ARC601,
194 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_ARC700,
195 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_ARCEM,
196 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_ARCHS,
197 1.1.1.2 christos
198 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_MCPU,
199 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_CD,
200 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_RELAX,
201 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_NPS400,
202 1.1.1.3 christos
203 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_SPFP,
204 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_DPFP,
205 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_FPUDA,
206 1.1.1.2 christos
207 1.1.1.2 christos /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
208 1.1.1.2 christos compatibility reasons. */
209 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_USER_MODE,
210 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK,
211 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_SWAP,
212 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_NORM,
213 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT,
214 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_MIN_MAX,
215 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_NO_MPY,
216 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_EA,
217 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_MUL64,
218 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_SIMD,
219 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_XMAC_D16,
220 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_XMAC_24,
221 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_DSP_PACKA,
222 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_CRC,
223 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_DVBF,
224 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_TELEPHONY,
225 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_XYMEMORY,
226 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_LOCK,
227 1.1.1.2 christos OPTION_SWAPE,
228 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_RTSC
229 1.1 christos };
230 1.1 christos
231 1.1 christos struct option md_longopts[] =
232 1.1 christos {
233 1.1.1.2 christos { "EB", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EB },
234 1.1.1.2 christos { "EL", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EL },
235 1.1.1.2 christos { "mcpu", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MCPU },
236 1.1.1.2 christos { "mA6", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
237 1.1.1.3 christos { "mARC600", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
238 1.1.1.3 christos { "mARC601", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC601 },
239 1.1.1.3 christos { "mARC700", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
240 1.1.1.2 christos { "mA7", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
241 1.1.1.2 christos { "mEM", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
242 1.1.1.2 christos { "mHS", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
243 1.1.1.2 christos { "mcode-density", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CD },
244 1.1.1.3 christos { "mrelax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
245 1.1.1.3 christos { "mnps400", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NPS400 },
246 1.1.1.3 christos
247 1.1.1.3 christos /* Floating point options */
248 1.1.1.3 christos { "mspfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
249 1.1.1.3 christos { "mspfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
250 1.1.1.3 christos { "mspfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
251 1.1.1.3 christos { "mspfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
252 1.1.1.3 christos { "mspfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
253 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdpfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
254 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdpfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
255 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdpfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
256 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdpfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
257 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdpfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
258 1.1.1.3 christos { "mfpuda", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_FPUDA},
259 1.1.1.2 christos
260 1.1.1.2 christos /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
261 1.1.1.2 christos compatibility reasons. */
262 1.1.1.2 christos { "mav2em", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
263 1.1.1.2 christos { "mav2hs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
264 1.1.1.2 christos { "muser-mode-only", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_USER_MODE },
265 1.1.1.2 christos { "mld-extension-reg-mask", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK },
266 1.1.1.2 christos { "mswap", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAP },
267 1.1.1.2 christos { "mnorm", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NORM },
268 1.1.1.2 christos { "mbarrel-shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
269 1.1.1.2 christos { "mbarrel_shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
270 1.1.1.2 christos { "mmin-max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
271 1.1.1.2 christos { "mmin_max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
272 1.1.1.2 christos { "mno-mpy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MPY },
273 1.1.1.2 christos { "mea", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
274 1.1.1.2 christos { "mEA", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
275 1.1.1.2 christos { "mmul64", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MUL64 },
276 1.1.1.2 christos { "msimd", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SIMD},
277 1.1.1.2 christos { "mmac-d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
278 1.1.1.2 christos { "mmac_d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
279 1.1.1.2 christos { "mmac-24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
280 1.1.1.2 christos { "mmac_24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
281 1.1.1.2 christos { "mdsp-packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
282 1.1.1.2 christos { "mdsp_packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
283 1.1.1.2 christos { "mcrc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CRC},
284 1.1.1.2 christos { "mdvbf", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DVBF},
285 1.1.1.2 christos { "mtelephony", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_TELEPHONY},
286 1.1.1.2 christos { "mxy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XYMEMORY},
287 1.1.1.2 christos { "mlock", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_LOCK},
288 1.1.1.2 christos { "mswape", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAPE},
289 1.1.1.2 christos { "mrtsc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RTSC},
290 1.1.1.2 christos
291 1.1.1.2 christos { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
292 1.1 christos };
293 1.1.1.2 christos
294 1.1 christos size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
295 1.1 christos
296 1.1.1.2 christos /* Local data and data types. */
297 1.1.1.2 christos
298 1.1.1.2 christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
299 1.1.1.2 christos file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*). */
300 1.1.1.2 christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
301 1.1.1.2 christos
302 1.1.1.2 christos struct arc_fixup
303 1.1.1.2 christos {
304 1.1.1.2 christos expressionS exp;
305 1.1 christos
306 1.1.1.2 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
307 1.1 christos
308 1.1.1.2 christos /* index into arc_operands. */
309 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned int opindex;
310 1.1 christos
311 1.1.1.2 christos /* PC-relative, used by internals fixups. */
312 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned char pcrel;
313 1.1.1.2 christos
314 1.1.1.2 christos /* TRUE if this fixup is for LIMM operand. */
315 1.1.1.6 christos bool islong;
316 1.1.1.2 christos };
317 1.1.1.2 christos
318 1.1.1.2 christos struct arc_insn
319 1.1 christos {
320 1.1.1.4 christos unsigned long long int insn;
321 1.1.1.2 christos int nfixups;
322 1.1.1.2 christos struct arc_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
323 1.1.1.2 christos long limm;
324 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned int len; /* Length of instruction in bytes. */
325 1.1.1.6 christos bool has_limm; /* Boolean value: TRUE if limm field is valid. */
326 1.1.1.6 christos bool relax; /* Boolean value: TRUE if needs relaxation. */
327 1.1.1.2 christos };
328 1.1 christos
329 1.1.1.2 christos /* Structure to hold any last two instructions. */
330 1.1.1.2 christos static struct arc_last_insn
331 1.1 christos {
332 1.1.1.2 christos /* Saved instruction opcode. */
333 1.1.1.2 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
334 1.1 christos
335 1.1.1.2 christos /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn is short. */
336 1.1.1.6 christos bool has_limm;
337 1.1 christos
338 1.1.1.2 christos /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn has delay slot. */
339 1.1.1.6 christos bool has_delay_slot;
340 1.1.1.2 christos } arc_last_insns[2];
341 1.1.1.2 christos
342 1.1.1.3 christos /* Extension instruction suffix classes. */
343 1.1.1.3 christos typedef struct
344 1.1.1.3 christos {
345 1.1.1.3 christos const char *name;
346 1.1.1.3 christos int len;
347 1.1.1.3 christos int attr_class;
348 1.1.1.3 christos } attributes_t;
349 1.1.1.3 christos
350 1.1.1.3 christos static const attributes_t suffixclass[] =
351 1.1.1.3 christos {
352 1.1.1.3 christos { "SUFFIX_FLAG", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_FLAG },
353 1.1.1.3 christos { "SUFFIX_COND", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_COND },
354 1.1.1.3 christos { "SUFFIX_NONE", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_NONE }
355 1.1.1.3 christos };
356 1.1.1.3 christos
357 1.1.1.3 christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes. */
358 1.1.1.3 christos static const attributes_t syntaxclass[] =
359 1.1.1.3 christos {
360 1.1.1.3 christos { "SYNTAX_3OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_3OP },
361 1.1.1.3 christos { "SYNTAX_2OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_2OP },
362 1.1.1.3 christos { "SYNTAX_1OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_1OP },
363 1.1.1.3 christos { "SYNTAX_NOP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_NOP }
364 1.1.1.3 christos };
365 1.1.1.3 christos
366 1.1.1.3 christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes modifiers. */
367 1.1.1.3 christos static const attributes_t syntaxclassmod[] =
368 1.1.1.3 christos {
369 1.1.1.3 christos { "OP1_IMM_IMPLIED" , 15, ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED },
370 1.1.1.3 christos { "OP1_MUST_BE_IMM" , 15, ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM }
371 1.1.1.3 christos };
372 1.1.1.3 christos
373 1.1.1.3 christos /* Extension register type. */
374 1.1.1.3 christos typedef struct
375 1.1.1.3 christos {
376 1.1.1.3 christos char *name;
377 1.1.1.3 christos int number;
378 1.1.1.3 christos int imode;
379 1.1.1.3 christos } extRegister_t;
380 1.1.1.3 christos
381 1.1.1.3 christos /* A structure to hold the additional conditional codes. */
382 1.1.1.3 christos static struct
383 1.1.1.3 christos {
384 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flag_operand *arc_ext_condcode;
385 1.1.1.3 christos int size;
386 1.1.1.3 christos } ext_condcode = { NULL, 0 };
387 1.1.1.3 christos
388 1.1.1.3 christos /* Structure to hold an entry in ARC_OPCODE_HASH. */
389 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry
390 1.1.1.3 christos {
391 1.1.1.3 christos /* The number of pointers in the OPCODE list. */
392 1.1.1.3 christos size_t count;
393 1.1.1.3 christos
394 1.1.1.3 christos /* Points to a list of opcode pointers. */
395 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode **opcode;
396 1.1.1.3 christos };
397 1.1.1.3 christos
398 1.1.1.3 christos /* Structure used for iterating through an arc_opcode_hash_entry. */
399 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator
400 1.1.1.3 christos {
401 1.1.1.3 christos /* Index into the OPCODE element of the arc_opcode_hash_entry. */
402 1.1.1.3 christos size_t index;
403 1.1.1.3 christos
404 1.1.1.3 christos /* The specific ARC_OPCODE from the ARC_OPCODES table that was last
405 1.1.1.3 christos returned by this iterator. */
406 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
407 1.1.1.3 christos };
408 1.1.1.3 christos
409 1.1.1.3 christos /* Forward declaration. */
410 1.1.1.3 christos static void assemble_insn
411 1.1.1.3 christos (const struct arc_opcode *, const expressionS *, int,
412 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flags *, int, struct arc_insn *);
413 1.1.1.3 christos
414 1.1.1.4 christos /* The selection of the machine type can come from different sources. This
415 1.1.1.4 christos enum is used to track how the selection was made in order to perform
416 1.1.1.4 christos error checks. */
417 1.1.1.4 christos enum mach_selection_type
418 1.1.1.4 christos {
419 1.1.1.4 christos MACH_SELECTION_NONE,
420 1.1.1.4 christos MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT,
421 1.1.1.4 christos MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE,
422 1.1.1.4 christos MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
423 1.1.1.4 christos };
424 1.1 christos
425 1.1.1.4 christos /* How the current machine type was selected. */
426 1.1.1.4 christos static enum mach_selection_type mach_selection_mode = MACH_SELECTION_NONE;
427 1.1 christos
428 1.1.1.2 christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
429 1.1.1.6 christos static htab_t arc_opcode_hash;
430 1.1 christos
431 1.1.1.2 christos /* The hash table of register symbols. */
432 1.1.1.6 christos static htab_t arc_reg_hash;
433 1.1.1.2 christos
434 1.1.1.3 christos /* The hash table of aux register symbols. */
435 1.1.1.6 christos static htab_t arc_aux_hash;
436 1.1.1.3 christos
437 1.1.1.4 christos /* The hash table of address types. */
438 1.1.1.6 christos static htab_t arc_addrtype_hash;
439 1.1.1.4 christos
440 1.1.1.4 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A6xx(NAME,EXTRA) \
441 1.1.1.4 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC600, bfd_mach_arc_arc600, \
442 1.1.1.4 christos E_ARC_MACH_ARC600, EXTRA}
443 1.1.1.4 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A7xx(NAME,EXTRA) \
444 1.1.1.4 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC700, bfd_mach_arc_arc700, \
445 1.1.1.4 christos E_ARC_MACH_ARC700, EXTRA}
446 1.1.1.4 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2EM(NAME,EXTRA) \
447 1.1.1.4 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2, \
448 1.1.1.4 christos EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM, EXTRA}
449 1.1.1.4 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2HS(NAME,EXTRA) \
450 1.1.1.4 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2, \
451 1.1.1.4 christos EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS, EXTRA}
452 1.1.1.4 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_NONE \
453 1.1.1.4 christos { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
454 1.1.1.4 christos
455 1.1.1.2 christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
456 1.1.1.2 christos static const struct cpu_type
457 1.1 christos {
458 1.1.1.2 christos const char *name;
459 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned flags;
460 1.1.1.2 christos int mach;
461 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned eflags;
462 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned features;
463 1.1.1.2 christos }
464 1.1.1.2 christos cpu_types[] =
465 1.1.1.2 christos {
466 1.1.1.4 christos #include "elf/arc-cpu.def"
467 1.1.1.2 christos };
468 1.1 christos
469 1.1.1.4 christos /* Information about the cpu/variant we're assembling for. */
470 1.1.1.4 christos static struct cpu_type selected_cpu = { 0, 0, 0, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT, 0 };
471 1.1.1.4 christos
472 1.1.1.5 christos /* TRUE if current assembly code uses RF16 only registers. */
473 1.1.1.6 christos static bool rf16_only = true;
474 1.1.1.5 christos
475 1.1.1.4 christos /* MPY option. */
476 1.1.1.4 christos static unsigned mpy_option = 0;
477 1.1.1.4 christos
478 1.1.1.4 christos /* Use PIC. */
479 1.1.1.4 christos static unsigned pic_option = 0;
480 1.1.1.4 christos
481 1.1.1.4 christos /* Use small data. */
482 1.1.1.4 christos static unsigned sda_option = 0;
483 1.1.1.4 christos
484 1.1.1.4 christos /* Use TLS. */
485 1.1.1.4 christos static unsigned tls_option = 0;
486 1.1.1.4 christos
487 1.1.1.4 christos /* Command line given features. */
488 1.1.1.4 christos static unsigned cl_features = 0;
489 1.1.1.4 christos
490 1.1.1.2 christos /* Used by the arc_reloc_op table. Order is important. */
491 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_gotoff O_md1 /* @gotoff relocation. */
492 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_gotpc O_md2 /* @gotpc relocation. */
493 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_plt O_md3 /* @plt relocation. */
494 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_sda O_md4 /* @sda relocation. */
495 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_pcl O_md5 /* @pcl relocation. */
496 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_tlsgd O_md6 /* @tlsgd relocation. */
497 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_tlsie O_md7 /* @tlsie relocation. */
498 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_tpoff9 O_md8 /* @tpoff9 relocation. */
499 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_tpoff O_md9 /* @tpoff relocation. */
500 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_dtpoff9 O_md10 /* @dtpoff9 relocation. */
501 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_dtpoff O_md11 /* @dtpoff relocation. */
502 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_last O_dtpoff
503 1.1.1.2 christos
504 1.1.1.2 christos /* Used to define a bracket as operand in tokens. */
505 1.1.1.2 christos #define O_bracket O_md32
506 1.1.1.2 christos
507 1.1.1.4 christos /* Used to define a colon as an operand in tokens. */
508 1.1.1.4 christos #define O_colon O_md31
509 1.1.1.4 christos
510 1.1.1.4 christos /* Used to define address types in nps400. */
511 1.1.1.4 christos #define O_addrtype O_md30
512 1.1.1.4 christos
513 1.1.1.2 christos /* Dummy relocation, to be sorted out. */
514 1.1.1.2 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
515 1.1.1.2 christos
516 1.1.1.2 christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_gotoff && (R) <= O_last)
517 1.1.1.2 christos
518 1.1.1.2 christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
519 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
520 1.1.1.2 christos that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
521 1.1.1.2 christos #define ARC_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
522 1.1.1.2 christos (&arc_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
523 1.1.1.2 christos ? (abort (), 0) \
524 1.1.1.2 christos : (int) (op) - (int) O_gotoff) ])
525 1.1.1.2 christos
526 1.1.1.2 christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ) \
527 1.1.1.2 christos { #NAME, sizeof (#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ}
528 1.1.1.2 christos
529 1.1.1.2 christos static const struct arc_reloc_op_tag
530 1.1.1.2 christos {
531 1.1.1.2 christos /* String to lookup. */
532 1.1.1.2 christos const char *name;
533 1.1.1.2 christos /* Size of the string. */
534 1.1.1.2 christos size_t length;
535 1.1.1.2 christos /* Which operator to use. */
536 1.1.1.2 christos operatorT op;
537 1.1.1.2 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
538 1.1.1.2 christos /* Allows complex relocation expression like identifier@reloc +
539 1.1.1.2 christos const. */
540 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned int complex_expr : 1;
541 1.1.1.2 christos }
542 1.1.1.2 christos arc_reloc_op[] =
543 1.1.1.2 christos {
544 1.1.1.2 christos DEF (gotoff, BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF, 1),
545 1.1.1.2 christos DEF (gotpc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32, 0),
546 1.1.1.2 christos DEF (plt, BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32, 0),
547 1.1.1.2 christos DEF (sda, DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY, 1),
548 1.1.1.2 christos DEF (pcl, BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32, 1),
549 1.1.1.2 christos DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT, 0),
550 1.1.1.2 christos DEF (tlsie, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT, 0),
551 1.1.1.2 christos DEF (tpoff9, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9, 0),
552 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (tpoff, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32, 1),
553 1.1.1.2 christos DEF (dtpoff9, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9, 0),
554 1.1.1.4 christos DEF (dtpoff, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF, 1),
555 1.1.1.2 christos };
556 1.1 christos
557 1.1.1.2 christos static const int arc_num_reloc_op
558 1.1.1.2 christos = sizeof (arc_reloc_op) / sizeof (*arc_reloc_op);
559 1.1.1.2 christos
560 1.1.1.3 christos /* Structure for relaxable instruction that have to be swapped with a
561 1.1.1.3 christos smaller alternative instruction. */
562 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_relaxable_ins
563 1.1.1.3 christos {
564 1.1.1.3 christos /* Mnemonic that should be checked. */
565 1.1.1.3 christos const char *mnemonic_r;
566 1.1.1.3 christos
567 1.1.1.3 christos /* Operands that should be checked.
568 1.1.1.3 christos Indexes of operands from operand array. */
569 1.1.1.3 christos enum rlx_operand_type operands[6];
570 1.1.1.3 christos
571 1.1.1.3 christos /* Flags that should be checked. */
572 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned flag_classes[5];
573 1.1.1.3 christos
574 1.1.1.3 christos /* Mnemonic (smaller) alternative to be used later for relaxation. */
575 1.1.1.3 christos const char *mnemonic_alt;
576 1.1.1.3 christos
577 1.1.1.3 christos /* Index of operand that generic relaxation has to check. */
578 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned opcheckidx;
579 1.1.1.3 christos
580 1.1.1.3 christos /* Base subtype index used. */
581 1.1.1.3 christos enum arc_rlx_types subtype;
582 1.1.1.3 christos };
583 1.1.1.3 christos
584 1.1.1.3 christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(BITS, ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT) \
585 1.1.1.3 christos { (ISSIGNED) ? ((1 << ((BITS) - 1)) - 1) : ((1 << (BITS)) - 1), \
586 1.1.1.3 christos (ISSIGNED) ? -(1 << ((BITS) - 1)) : 0, \
587 1.1.1.3 christos (SIZE), \
588 1.1.1.3 christos (NEXT) } \
589 1.1.1.3 christos
590 1.1.1.3 christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT) \
591 1.1.1.3 christos { (ISSIGNED) ? 0x7FFFFFFF : 0xFFFFFFFF, \
592 1.1.1.3 christos (ISSIGNED) ? -(0x7FFFFFFF) : 0, \
593 1.1.1.3 christos (SIZE), \
594 1.1.1.3 christos (NEXT) } \
595 1.1.1.3 christos
596 1.1.1.3 christos
597 1.1.1.3 christos /* ARC relaxation table. */
598 1.1.1.3 christos const relax_typeS md_relax_table[] =
599 1.1.1.3 christos {
600 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fake entry. */
601 1.1.1.3 christos {0, 0, 0, 0},
602 1.1.1.3 christos
603 1.1.1.3 christos /* BL_S s13 ->
604 1.1.1.3 christos BL s25. */
605 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (13, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_BL),
606 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
607 1.1.1.3 christos
608 1.1.1.3 christos /* B_S s10 ->
609 1.1.1.3 christos B s25. */
610 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (10, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_B),
611 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
612 1.1.1.3 christos
613 1.1.1.3 christos /* ADD_S c,b, u3 ->
614 1.1.1.3 christos ADD<.f> a,b,u6 ->
615 1.1.1.3 christos ADD<.f> a,b,limm. */
616 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_ADD_U6),
617 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM),
618 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
619 1.1.1.3 christos
620 1.1.1.3 christos /* LD_S a, [b, u7] ->
621 1.1.1.3 christos LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, s9] ->
622 1.1.1.3 christos LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, limm] */
623 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (7, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_LD_S9),
624 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (9, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM),
625 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (1, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
626 1.1.1.3 christos
627 1.1.1.3 christos /* MOV_S b, u8 ->
628 1.1.1.3 christos MOV<.f> b, s12 ->
629 1.1.1.3 christos MOV<.f> b, limm. */
630 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12),
631 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM),
632 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
633 1.1.1.3 christos
634 1.1.1.3 christos /* SUB_S c, b, u3 ->
635 1.1.1.3 christos SUB<.f> a, b, u6 ->
636 1.1.1.3 christos SUB<.f> a, b, limm. */
637 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_SUB_U6),
638 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM),
639 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
640 1.1.1.3 christos
641 1.1.1.3 christos /* MPY<.f> a, b, u6 ->
642 1.1.1.3 christos MPY<.f> a, b, limm. */
643 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM),
644 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
645 1.1.1.3 christos
646 1.1.1.3 christos /* MOV<.f><.cc> b, u6 ->
647 1.1.1.3 christos MOV<.f><.cc> b, limm. */
648 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM),
649 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
650 1.1.1.3 christos
651 1.1.1.3 christos /* ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, u6 ->
652 1.1.1.3 christos ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, limm. */
653 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM),
654 1.1.1.4 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
655 1.1.1.3 christos };
656 1.1.1.3 christos
657 1.1.1.3 christos /* Order of this table's entries matters! */
658 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_relaxable_ins arc_relaxable_insns[] =
659 1.1.1.3 christos {
660 1.1.1.3 christos { "bl", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "bl_s", 0, ARC_RLX_BL_S },
661 1.1.1.3 christos { "b", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "b_s", 0, ARC_RLX_B_S },
662 1.1.1.3 christos { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER_DUP, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 }, "add",
663 1.1.1.3 christos 2, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6},
664 1.1.1.3 christos { "add", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "add_s", 2,
665 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U3 },
666 1.1.1.3 christos { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "add", 2,
667 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U6 },
668 1.1.1.3 christos { "ld", { REGISTER_S, BRACKET, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
669 1.1.1.3 christos { 0 }, "ld_s", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_U7 },
670 1.1.1.3 christos { "ld", { REGISTER, BRACKET, REGISTER_NO_GP, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
671 1.1.1.3 christos { 11, 4, 14, 17, 0 }, "ld", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_S9 },
672 1.1.1.3 christos { "mov", { REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "mov_s", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_U8 },
673 1.1.1.3 christos { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12 },
674 1.1.1.3 christos { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 },"mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6 },
675 1.1.1.3 christos { "sub", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "sub_s", 2,
676 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U3 },
677 1.1.1.3 christos { "sub", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "sub", 2,
678 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U6 },
679 1.1.1.3 christos { "mpy", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mpy", 2,
680 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_RLX_MPY_U6 },
681 1.1.1.3 christos };
682 1.1.1.3 christos
683 1.1.1.3 christos const unsigned arc_num_relaxable_ins = ARRAY_SIZE (arc_relaxable_insns);
684 1.1.1.3 christos
685 1.1.1.2 christos /* Pre-defined "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_". */
686 1.1.1.2 christos symbolS * GOT_symbol = 0;
687 1.1 christos
688 1.1.1.2 christos /* Set to TRUE when we assemble instructions. */
689 1.1.1.6 christos static bool assembling_insn = false;
690 1.1.1.2 christos
691 1.1.1.4 christos /* List with attributes set explicitly. */
692 1.1.1.6 christos static bool attributes_set_explicitly[NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES];
693 1.1.1.4 christos
694 1.1.1.3 christos /* Functions implementation. */
695 1.1.1.2 christos
696 1.1.1.3 christos /* Return a pointer to ARC_OPCODE_HASH_ENTRY that identifies all
697 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_OPCODE entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH that match NAME, or NULL if there
698 1.1.1.3 christos are no matching entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH. */
699 1.1.1.3 christos
700 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
701 1.1.1.3 christos arc_find_opcode (const char *name)
702 1.1.1.3 christos {
703 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
704 1.1.1.3 christos
705 1.1.1.6 christos entry = str_hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
706 1.1.1.3 christos return entry;
707 1.1.1.3 christos }
708 1.1.1.3 christos
709 1.1.1.3 christos /* Initialise the iterator ITER. */
710 1.1.1.3 christos
711 1.1.1.3 christos static void
712 1.1.1.3 christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
713 1.1.1.3 christos {
714 1.1.1.3 christos iter->index = 0;
715 1.1.1.3 christos iter->opcode = NULL;
716 1.1.1.3 christos }
717 1.1.1.3 christos
718 1.1.1.3 christos /* Return the next ARC_OPCODE from ENTRY, using ITER to hold state between
719 1.1.1.3 christos calls to this function. Return NULL when all ARC_OPCODE entries have
720 1.1.1.3 christos been returned. */
721 1.1.1.3 christos
722 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_opcode *
723 1.1.1.3 christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
724 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
725 1.1.1.3 christos {
726 1.1.1.3 christos if (iter->opcode == NULL && iter->index == 0)
727 1.1.1.3 christos {
728 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (entry->count > 0);
729 1.1.1.3 christos iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
730 1.1.1.3 christos }
731 1.1.1.3 christos else if (iter->opcode != NULL)
732 1.1.1.3 christos {
733 1.1.1.3 christos const char *old_name = iter->opcode->name;
734 1.1.1.3 christos
735 1.1.1.3 christos iter->opcode++;
736 1.1.1.3 christos if (iter->opcode->name == NULL
737 1.1.1.3 christos || strcmp (old_name, iter->opcode->name) != 0)
738 1.1.1.3 christos {
739 1.1.1.3 christos iter->index++;
740 1.1.1.3 christos if (iter->index == entry->count)
741 1.1.1.3 christos iter->opcode = NULL;
742 1.1.1.3 christos else
743 1.1.1.3 christos iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
744 1.1.1.3 christos }
745 1.1.1.3 christos }
746 1.1.1.3 christos
747 1.1.1.3 christos return iter->opcode;
748 1.1.1.3 christos }
749 1.1.1.3 christos
750 1.1.1.3 christos /* Insert an opcode into opcode hash structure. */
751 1.1.1.3 christos
752 1.1.1.3 christos static void
753 1.1.1.3 christos arc_insert_opcode (const struct arc_opcode *opcode)
754 1.1.1.3 christos {
755 1.1.1.6 christos const char *name;
756 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
757 1.1.1.3 christos name = opcode->name;
758 1.1.1.3 christos
759 1.1.1.6 christos entry = str_hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
760 1.1.1.3 christos if (entry == NULL)
761 1.1.1.3 christos {
762 1.1.1.3 christos entry = XNEW (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry);
763 1.1.1.3 christos entry->count = 0;
764 1.1.1.3 christos entry->opcode = NULL;
765 1.1.1.3 christos
766 1.1.1.6 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_opcode_hash, name, entry, 0) != NULL)
767 1.1.1.6 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
768 1.1.1.3 christos }
769 1.1.1.3 christos
770 1.1.1.3 christos entry->opcode = XRESIZEVEC (const struct arc_opcode *, entry->opcode,
771 1.1.1.3 christos entry->count + 1);
772 1.1.1.3 christos
773 1.1.1.3 christos entry->opcode[entry->count] = opcode;
774 1.1.1.3 christos entry->count++;
775 1.1.1.3 christos }
776 1.1.1.2 christos
777 1.1.1.7 christos static void
778 1.1.1.7 christos arc_opcode_free (void *elt)
779 1.1.1.7 christos {
780 1.1.1.7 christos string_tuple_t *tuple = (string_tuple_t *) elt;
781 1.1.1.7 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry = (void *) tuple->value;
782 1.1.1.7 christos free (entry->opcode);
783 1.1.1.7 christos free (entry);
784 1.1.1.7 christos free (tuple);
785 1.1.1.7 christos }
786 1.1.1.2 christos
787 1.1.1.4 christos /* Like md_number_to_chars but for middle-endian values. The 4-byte limm
788 1.1.1.4 christos value, is encoded as 'middle-endian' for a little-endian target. This
789 1.1.1.4 christos function is used for regular 4, 6, and 8 byte instructions as well. */
790 1.1 christos
791 1.1.1.2 christos static void
792 1.1.1.4 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (char *buf, unsigned long long val, int n)
793 1.1.1.2 christos {
794 1.1.1.4 christos switch (n)
795 1.1 christos {
796 1.1.1.4 christos case 2:
797 1.1.1.4 christos md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n);
798 1.1.1.4 christos break;
799 1.1.1.4 christos case 6:
800 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars (buf, (val & 0xffff00000000ull) >> 32, 2);
801 1.1.1.4 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 2, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
802 1.1.1.4 christos break;
803 1.1.1.4 christos case 4:
804 1.1.1.2 christos md_number_to_chars (buf, (val & 0xffff0000) >> 16, 2);
805 1.1.1.2 christos md_number_to_chars (buf + 2, (val & 0xffff), 2);
806 1.1.1.4 christos break;
807 1.1.1.4 christos case 8:
808 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (buf, (val & 0xffffffff00000000ull) >> 32, 4);
809 1.1.1.4 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 4, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
810 1.1.1.4 christos break;
811 1.1.1.4 christos default:
812 1.1.1.4 christos abort ();
813 1.1.1.2 christos }
814 1.1.1.4 christos }
815 1.1.1.4 christos
816 1.1.1.4 christos /* Check if a feature is allowed for a specific CPU. */
817 1.1.1.4 christos
818 1.1.1.4 christos static void
819 1.1.1.4 christos arc_check_feature (void)
820 1.1.1.4 christos {
821 1.1.1.4 christos unsigned i;
822 1.1.1.4 christos
823 1.1.1.4 christos if (!selected_cpu.features
824 1.1.1.4 christos || !selected_cpu.name)
825 1.1.1.4 christos return;
826 1.1.1.4 christos
827 1.1.1.4 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
828 1.1.1.4 christos if ((selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
829 1.1.1.4 christos && !(selected_cpu.flags & feature_list[i].cpus))
830 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("invalid %s option for %s cpu"), feature_list[i].name,
831 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.name);
832 1.1.1.4 christos
833 1.1.1.4 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (conflict_list); i++)
834 1.1.1.4 christos if ((selected_cpu.features & conflict_list[i]) == conflict_list[i])
835 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad(_("conflicting ISA extension attributes."));
836 1.1.1.2 christos }
837 1.1 christos
838 1.1.1.3 christos /* Select an appropriate entry from CPU_TYPES based on ARG and initialise
839 1.1.1.4 christos the relevant static global variables. Parameter SEL describes where
840 1.1.1.4 christos this selection originated from. */
841 1.1.1.3 christos
842 1.1.1.3 christos static void
843 1.1.1.4 christos arc_select_cpu (const char *arg, enum mach_selection_type sel)
844 1.1.1.3 christos {
845 1.1.1.3 christos int i;
846 1.1.1.5 christos static struct cpu_type old_cpu = { 0, 0, 0, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT, 0 };
847 1.1.1.3 christos
848 1.1.1.4 christos /* We should only set a default if we've not made a selection from some
849 1.1.1.4 christos other source. */
850 1.1.1.4 christos gas_assert (sel != MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT
851 1.1.1.4 christos || mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE);
852 1.1.1.4 christos
853 1.1.1.4 christos if ((mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE)
854 1.1.1.4 christos && (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE))
855 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("Multiple .cpu directives found"));
856 1.1.1.4 christos
857 1.1.1.4 christos /* Look for a matching entry in CPU_TYPES array. */
858 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name; ++i)
859 1.1.1.3 christos {
860 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcasecmp (cpu_types[i].name, arg))
861 1.1.1.3 christos {
862 1.1.1.4 christos /* If a previous selection was made on the command line, then we
863 1.1.1.4 christos allow later selections on the command line to override earlier
864 1.1.1.4 christos ones. However, a selection from a '.cpu NAME' directive must
865 1.1.1.4 christos match the command line selection, or we give a warning. */
866 1.1.1.4 christos if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE)
867 1.1.1.4 christos {
868 1.1.1.4 christos gas_assert (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
869 1.1.1.4 christos || sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
870 1.1.1.4 christos if (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE
871 1.1.1.4 christos && selected_cpu.mach != cpu_types[i].mach)
872 1.1.1.4 christos {
873 1.1.1.4 christos as_warn (_("Command-line value overrides \".cpu\" directive"));
874 1.1.1.4 christos }
875 1.1.1.4 christos return;
876 1.1.1.4 christos }
877 1.1.1.4 christos /* Initialise static global data about selected machine type. */
878 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.flags = cpu_types[i].flags;
879 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.name = cpu_types[i].name;
880 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.features = cpu_types[i].features | cl_features;
881 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.mach = cpu_types[i].mach;
882 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
883 1.1.1.4 christos | cpu_types[i].eflags);
884 1.1.1.3 christos break;
885 1.1.1.3 christos }
886 1.1.1.3 christos }
887 1.1.1.3 christos
888 1.1.1.3 christos if (!cpu_types[i].name)
889 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("unknown architecture: %s\n"), arg);
890 1.1.1.4 christos
891 1.1.1.4 christos /* Check if set features are compatible with the chosen CPU. */
892 1.1.1.4 christos arc_check_feature ();
893 1.1.1.4 christos
894 1.1.1.5 christos /* If we change the CPU, we need to re-init the bfd. */
895 1.1.1.5 christos if (mach_selection_mode != MACH_SELECTION_NONE
896 1.1.1.5 christos && (old_cpu.mach != selected_cpu.mach))
897 1.1.1.5 christos {
898 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_find_target (arc_target_format, stdoutput);
899 1.1.1.5 christos if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
900 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn (_("Could not set architecture and machine"));
901 1.1.1.5 christos }
902 1.1.1.5 christos
903 1.1.1.4 christos mach_selection_mode = sel;
904 1.1.1.5 christos old_cpu = selected_cpu;
905 1.1.1.3 christos }
906 1.1.1.3 christos
907 1.1.1.2 christos /* Here ends all the ARCompact extension instruction assembling
908 1.1.1.2 christos stuff. */
909 1.1 christos
910 1.1.1.2 christos static void
911 1.1.1.2 christos arc_extra_reloc (int r_type)
912 1.1.1.2 christos {
913 1.1.1.2 christos char *sym_name, c;
914 1.1.1.2 christos symbolS *sym, *lab = NULL;
915 1.1 christos
916 1.1.1.2 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
917 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer++;
918 1.1.1.2 christos c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
919 1.1.1.2 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
920 1.1.1.2 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
921 1.1.1.2 christos if (c == ',' && r_type == BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
922 1.1.1.2 christos {
923 1.1.1.2 christos ++input_line_pointer;
924 1.1.1.2 christos char *lab_name;
925 1.1.1.2 christos c = get_symbol_name (&lab_name);
926 1.1.1.2 christos lab = symbol_find_or_make (lab_name);
927 1.1.1.2 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
928 1.1.1.2 christos }
929 1.1.1.3 christos
930 1.1.1.3 christos /* These relocations exist as a mechanism for the compiler to tell the
931 1.1.1.3 christos linker how to patch the code if the tls model is optimised. However,
932 1.1.1.3 christos the relocation itself does not require any space within the assembler
933 1.1.1.3 christos fragment, and so we pass a size of 0.
934 1.1.1.3 christos
935 1.1.1.3 christos The lines that generate these relocations look like this:
936 1.1.1.3 christos
937 1.1.1.3 christos .tls_gd_ld @.tdata`bl __tls_get_addr@plt
938 1.1.1.3 christos
939 1.1.1.3 christos The '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' is processed first and generates the
940 1.1.1.3 christos additional relocation, while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' is processed
941 1.1.1.3 christos second and generates the additional branch.
942 1.1.1.3 christos
943 1.1.1.3 christos It is possible that the additional relocation generated by the
944 1.1.1.3 christos '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' will be attached at the very end of one fragment,
945 1.1.1.3 christos while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' will be generated as the first thing
946 1.1.1.3 christos in the next fragment. This will be fine; both relocations will still
947 1.1.1.3 christos appear to be at the same address in the generated object file.
948 1.1.1.3 christos However, this only works as the additional relocation is generated
949 1.1.1.3 christos with size of 0 bytes. */
950 1.1.1.2 christos fixS *fixP
951 1.1.1.2 christos = fix_new (frag_now, /* Which frag? */
952 1.1.1.2 christos frag_now_fix (), /* Where in that frag? */
953 1.1.1.3 christos 0, /* size: 1, 2, or 4 usually. */
954 1.1.1.2 christos sym, /* X_add_symbol. */
955 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* X_add_number. */
956 1.1.1.6 christos false, /* TRUE if PC-relative relocation. */
957 1.1.1.2 christos r_type /* Relocation type. */);
958 1.1.1.2 christos fixP->fx_subsy = lab;
959 1.1.1.2 christos }
960 1.1.1.2 christos
961 1.1.1.2 christos static symbolS *
962 1.1.1.2 christos arc_lcomm_internal (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
963 1.1.1.2 christos symbolS *symbolP, addressT size)
964 1.1.1.2 christos {
965 1.1.1.2 christos addressT align = 0;
966 1.1.1.2 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
967 1.1 christos
968 1.1.1.2 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
969 1.1 christos {
970 1.1.1.2 christos align = parse_align (1);
971 1.1 christos
972 1.1.1.2 christos if (align == (addressT) -1)
973 1.1.1.2 christos return NULL;
974 1.1 christos }
975 1.1 christos else
976 1.1.1.2 christos {
977 1.1.1.2 christos if (size >= 8)
978 1.1.1.2 christos align = 3;
979 1.1.1.2 christos else if (size >= 4)
980 1.1.1.2 christos align = 2;
981 1.1.1.2 christos else if (size >= 2)
982 1.1.1.2 christos align = 1;
983 1.1.1.2 christos else
984 1.1.1.2 christos align = 0;
985 1.1.1.2 christos }
986 1.1 christos
987 1.1.1.2 christos bss_alloc (symbolP, size, align);
988 1.1.1.2 christos S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
989 1.1 christos
990 1.1.1.2 christos return symbolP;
991 1.1.1.2 christos }
992 1.1 christos
993 1.1.1.2 christos static void
994 1.1.1.2 christos arc_lcomm (int ignore)
995 1.1 christos {
996 1.1.1.2 christos symbolS *symbolP = s_comm_internal (ignore, arc_lcomm_internal);
997 1.1 christos
998 1.1.1.2 christos if (symbolP)
999 1.1.1.2 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
1000 1.1.1.2 christos }
1001 1.1 christos
1002 1.1.1.2 christos /* Select the cpu we're assembling for. */
1003 1.1 christos
1004 1.1.1.2 christos static void
1005 1.1.1.2 christos arc_option (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1006 1.1.1.2 christos {
1007 1.1.1.2 christos char c;
1008 1.1.1.2 christos char *cpu;
1009 1.1.1.4 christos const char *cpu_name;
1010 1.1 christos
1011 1.1.1.2 christos c = get_symbol_name (&cpu);
1012 1.1 christos
1013 1.1.1.4 christos cpu_name = cpu;
1014 1.1.1.4 christos if ((!strcmp ("ARC600", cpu))
1015 1.1.1.4 christos || (!strcmp ("ARC601", cpu))
1016 1.1.1.4 christos || (!strcmp ("A6", cpu)))
1017 1.1.1.4 christos cpu_name = "arc600";
1018 1.1.1.4 christos else if ((!strcmp ("ARC700", cpu))
1019 1.1.1.4 christos || (!strcmp ("A7", cpu)))
1020 1.1.1.4 christos cpu_name = "arc700";
1021 1.1.1.4 christos else if (!strcmp ("EM", cpu))
1022 1.1.1.4 christos cpu_name = "arcem";
1023 1.1.1.4 christos else if (!strcmp ("HS", cpu))
1024 1.1.1.4 christos cpu_name = "archs";
1025 1.1.1.4 christos else if (!strcmp ("NPS400", cpu))
1026 1.1.1.4 christos cpu_name = "nps400";
1027 1.1 christos
1028 1.1.1.4 christos arc_select_cpu (cpu_name, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
1029 1.1 christos
1030 1.1.1.3 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
1031 1.1.1.2 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
1032 1.1.1.2 christos }
1033 1.1 christos
1034 1.1.1.2 christos /* Smartly print an expression. */
1035 1.1 christos
1036 1.1.1.2 christos static void
1037 1.1.1.2 christos debug_exp (expressionS *t)
1038 1.1.1.2 christos {
1039 1.1.1.2 christos const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1040 1.1.1.2 christos const char *namemd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1041 1.1 christos
1042 1.1.1.2 christos pr_debug ("debug_exp: ");
1043 1.1 christos
1044 1.1.1.2 christos switch (t->X_op)
1045 1.1 christos {
1046 1.1.1.2 christos default: name = "unknown"; break;
1047 1.1.1.2 christos case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
1048 1.1.1.2 christos case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
1049 1.1.1.2 christos case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
1050 1.1.1.2 christos case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
1051 1.1.1.2 christos case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
1052 1.1.1.2 christos case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
1053 1.1.1.2 christos case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
1054 1.1.1.2 christos case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
1055 1.1.1.2 christos case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
1056 1.1.1.2 christos case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
1057 1.1.1.2 christos case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
1058 1.1.1.2 christos case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
1059 1.1.1.2 christos case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
1060 1.1.1.2 christos case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
1061 1.1.1.2 christos case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
1062 1.1.1.2 christos case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
1063 1.1.1.2 christos case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
1064 1.1.1.2 christos case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
1065 1.1.1.2 christos case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
1066 1.1.1.2 christos case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
1067 1.1.1.2 christos case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
1068 1.1.1.2 christos case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
1069 1.1.1.2 christos case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
1070 1.1.1.2 christos case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
1071 1.1.1.2 christos case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
1072 1.1.1.2 christos case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
1073 1.1.1.2 christos case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
1074 1.1.1.2 christos case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
1075 1.1.1.2 christos case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
1076 1.1.1.2 christos case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
1077 1.1.1.2 christos case O_bracket: name = "O_bracket"; break;
1078 1.1.1.4 christos case O_colon: name = "O_colon"; break;
1079 1.1.1.4 christos case O_addrtype: name = "O_addrtype"; break;
1080 1.1.1.2 christos }
1081 1.1.1.2 christos
1082 1.1.1.2 christos switch (t->X_md)
1083 1.1.1.2 christos {
1084 1.1.1.2 christos default: namemd = "unknown"; break;
1085 1.1.1.2 christos case O_gotoff: namemd = "O_gotoff"; break;
1086 1.1.1.2 christos case O_gotpc: namemd = "O_gotpc"; break;
1087 1.1.1.2 christos case O_plt: namemd = "O_plt"; break;
1088 1.1.1.2 christos case O_sda: namemd = "O_sda"; break;
1089 1.1.1.2 christos case O_pcl: namemd = "O_pcl"; break;
1090 1.1.1.2 christos case O_tlsgd: namemd = "O_tlsgd"; break;
1091 1.1.1.2 christos case O_tlsie: namemd = "O_tlsie"; break;
1092 1.1.1.2 christos case O_tpoff9: namemd = "O_tpoff9"; break;
1093 1.1.1.2 christos case O_tpoff: namemd = "O_tpoff"; break;
1094 1.1.1.2 christos case O_dtpoff9: namemd = "O_dtpoff9"; break;
1095 1.1.1.2 christos case O_dtpoff: namemd = "O_dtpoff"; break;
1096 1.1.1.2 christos }
1097 1.1.1.2 christos
1098 1.1.1.2 christos pr_debug ("%s (%s, %s, %d, %s)", name,
1099 1.1.1.2 christos (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
1100 1.1.1.2 christos (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
1101 1.1.1.2 christos (int) t->X_add_number,
1102 1.1.1.2 christos (t->X_md) ? namemd : "--");
1103 1.1.1.2 christos pr_debug ("\n");
1104 1.1.1.2 christos fflush (stderr);
1105 1.1.1.2 christos }
1106 1.1 christos
1107 1.1.1.5 christos /* Helper for parsing an argument, used for sorting out the relocation
1108 1.1.1.5 christos type. */
1109 1.1.1.5 christos
1110 1.1.1.5 christos static void
1111 1.1.1.5 christos parse_reloc_symbol (expressionS *resultP)
1112 1.1.1.5 christos {
1113 1.1.1.5 christos char *reloc_name, c, *sym_name;
1114 1.1.1.5 christos size_t len;
1115 1.1.1.5 christos int i;
1116 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_reloc_op_tag *r;
1117 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS right;
1118 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS *base;
1119 1.1.1.5 christos
1120 1.1.1.5 christos /* A relocation operand has the following form
1121 1.1.1.5 christos @identifier@relocation_type. The identifier is already in
1122 1.1.1.5 christos tok! */
1123 1.1.1.5 christos if (resultP->X_op != O_symbol)
1124 1.1.1.5 christos {
1125 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("No valid label relocation operand"));
1126 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1127 1.1.1.5 christos return;
1128 1.1.1.5 christos }
1129 1.1.1.5 christos
1130 1.1.1.5 christos /* Parse @relocation_type. */
1131 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
1132 1.1.1.5 christos c = get_symbol_name (&reloc_name);
1133 1.1.1.5 christos len = input_line_pointer - reloc_name;
1134 1.1.1.5 christos if (len == 0)
1135 1.1.1.5 christos {
1136 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
1137 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1138 1.1.1.5 christos return;
1139 1.1.1.5 christos }
1140 1.1.1.5 christos
1141 1.1.1.5 christos /* Go through known relocation and try to find a match. */
1142 1.1.1.5 christos r = &arc_reloc_op[0];
1143 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = arc_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
1144 1.1.1.5 christos if (len == r->length
1145 1.1.1.5 christos && memcmp (reloc_name, r->name, len) == 0)
1146 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1147 1.1.1.5 christos if (i < 0)
1148 1.1.1.5 christos {
1149 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: @%s"), reloc_name);
1150 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1151 1.1.1.5 christos return;
1152 1.1.1.5 christos }
1153 1.1.1.5 christos
1154 1.1.1.5 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
1155 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
1156 1.1.1.5 christos /* Extra check for TLS: base. */
1157 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
1158 1.1.1.5 christos {
1159 1.1.1.5 christos if (resultP->X_op_symbol != NULL
1160 1.1.1.5 christos || resultP->X_op != O_symbol)
1161 1.1.1.5 christos {
1162 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("Unable to parse TLS base: %s"),
1163 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer);
1164 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1165 1.1.1.5 christos return;
1166 1.1.1.5 christos }
1167 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
1168 1.1.1.5 christos c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
1169 1.1.1.5 christos base = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
1170 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_op = O_subtract;
1171 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_op_symbol = base;
1172 1.1.1.5 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
1173 1.1.1.5 christos right.X_add_number = 0;
1174 1.1.1.5 christos }
1175 1.1.1.5 christos
1176 1.1.1.5 christos if ((*input_line_pointer != '+')
1177 1.1.1.5 christos && (*input_line_pointer != '-'))
1178 1.1.1.5 christos right.X_add_number = 0;
1179 1.1.1.5 christos else
1180 1.1.1.5 christos {
1181 1.1.1.5 christos /* Parse the constant of a complex relocation expression
1182 1.1.1.5 christos like @identifier@reloc +/- const. */
1183 1.1.1.5 christos if (! r->complex_expr)
1184 1.1.1.5 christos {
1185 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("@%s is not a complex relocation."), r->name);
1186 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1187 1.1.1.5 christos return;
1188 1.1.1.5 christos }
1189 1.1.1.5 christos expression (&right);
1190 1.1.1.5 christos if (right.X_op != O_constant)
1191 1.1.1.5 christos {
1192 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("Bad expression: @%s + %s."),
1193 1.1.1.5 christos r->name, input_line_pointer);
1194 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
1195 1.1.1.5 christos return;
1196 1.1.1.5 christos }
1197 1.1.1.5 christos }
1198 1.1.1.5 christos
1199 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_md = r->op;
1200 1.1.1.5 christos resultP->X_add_number = right.X_add_number;
1201 1.1.1.5 christos }
1202 1.1.1.5 christos
1203 1.1.1.2 christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
1204 1.1 christos
1205 1.1.1.2 christos static int
1206 1.1.1.2 christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
1207 1.1.1.2 christos expressionS *tok,
1208 1.1.1.2 christos int ntok)
1209 1.1.1.2 christos {
1210 1.1.1.2 christos char *old_input_line_pointer;
1211 1.1.1.6 christos bool saw_comma = false;
1212 1.1.1.6 christos bool saw_arg = false;
1213 1.1.1.2 christos int brk_lvl = 0;
1214 1.1.1.2 christos int num_args = 0;
1215 1.1.1.2 christos
1216 1.1.1.2 christos memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
1217 1.1.1.2 christos
1218 1.1.1.2 christos /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
1219 1.1.1.2 christos old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
1220 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer = str;
1221 1.1 christos
1222 1.1.1.2 christos while (*input_line_pointer)
1223 1.1 christos {
1224 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
1225 1.1.1.2 christos switch (*input_line_pointer)
1226 1.1 christos {
1227 1.1.1.2 christos case '\0':
1228 1.1.1.2 christos goto fini;
1229 1.1 christos
1230 1.1.1.2 christos case ',':
1231 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer++;
1232 1.1.1.2 christos if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
1233 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1234 1.1.1.6 christos saw_comma = true;
1235 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1236 1.1 christos
1237 1.1.1.2 christos case '}':
1238 1.1.1.2 christos case ']':
1239 1.1.1.2 christos ++input_line_pointer;
1240 1.1.1.2 christos --brk_lvl;
1241 1.1.1.3 christos if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
1242 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1243 1.1.1.2 christos tok->X_op = O_bracket;
1244 1.1.1.2 christos ++tok;
1245 1.1.1.2 christos ++num_args;
1246 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1247 1.1.1.2 christos
1248 1.1.1.2 christos case '{':
1249 1.1.1.2 christos case '[':
1250 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer++;
1251 1.1.1.3 christos if (brk_lvl || num_args == ntok)
1252 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1253 1.1.1.2 christos ++brk_lvl;
1254 1.1.1.2 christos tok->X_op = O_bracket;
1255 1.1.1.2 christos ++tok;
1256 1.1.1.2 christos ++num_args;
1257 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1258 1.1.1.2 christos
1259 1.1.1.4 christos case ':':
1260 1.1.1.4 christos input_line_pointer++;
1261 1.1.1.4 christos if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
1262 1.1.1.4 christos goto err;
1263 1.1.1.4 christos tok->X_op = O_colon;
1264 1.1.1.6 christos saw_arg = false;
1265 1.1.1.4 christos ++tok;
1266 1.1.1.4 christos ++num_args;
1267 1.1.1.4 christos break;
1268 1.1.1.4 christos
1269 1.1.1.2 christos case '@':
1270 1.1.1.2 christos /* We have labels, function names and relocations, all
1271 1.1.1.2 christos starting with @ symbol. Sort them out. */
1272 1.1.1.3 christos if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
1273 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1274 1.1.1.2 christos
1275 1.1.1.2 christos /* Parse @label. */
1276 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
1277 1.1.1.2 christos tok->X_op = O_symbol;
1278 1.1.1.2 christos tok->X_md = O_absent;
1279 1.1.1.2 christos expression (tok);
1280 1.1.1.2 christos
1281 1.1.1.2 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
1282 1.1.1.5 christos parse_reloc_symbol (tok);
1283 1.1 christos
1284 1.1.1.2 christos debug_exp (tok);
1285 1.1 christos
1286 1.1.1.5 christos if (tok->X_op == O_illegal
1287 1.1.1.5 christos || tok->X_op == O_absent
1288 1.1.1.5 christos || num_args == ntok)
1289 1.1.1.5 christos goto err;
1290 1.1.1.5 christos
1291 1.1.1.6 christos saw_comma = false;
1292 1.1.1.6 christos saw_arg = true;
1293 1.1.1.2 christos tok++;
1294 1.1.1.2 christos num_args++;
1295 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1296 1.1 christos
1297 1.1.1.2 christos case '%':
1298 1.1.1.2 christos /* Can be a register. */
1299 1.1.1.2 christos ++input_line_pointer;
1300 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fall through. */
1301 1.1.1.2 christos default:
1302 1.1.1.2 christos
1303 1.1.1.3 christos if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
1304 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1305 1.1.1.2 christos
1306 1.1.1.2 christos tok->X_op = O_absent;
1307 1.1.1.2 christos tok->X_md = O_absent;
1308 1.1.1.2 christos expression (tok);
1309 1.1.1.2 christos
1310 1.1.1.2 christos /* Legacy: There are cases when we have
1311 1.1.1.2 christos identifier@relocation_type, if it is the case parse the
1312 1.1.1.2 christos relocation type as well. */
1313 1.1.1.2 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
1314 1.1.1.5 christos parse_reloc_symbol (tok);
1315 1.1.1.7 christos else
1316 1.1.1.7 christos resolve_register (tok);
1317 1.1.1.2 christos
1318 1.1.1.2 christos debug_exp (tok);
1319 1.1.1.2 christos
1320 1.1.1.3 christos if (tok->X_op == O_illegal
1321 1.1.1.3 christos || tok->X_op == O_absent
1322 1.1.1.3 christos || num_args == ntok)
1323 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1324 1.1.1.2 christos
1325 1.1.1.6 christos saw_comma = false;
1326 1.1.1.6 christos saw_arg = true;
1327 1.1.1.2 christos tok++;
1328 1.1.1.2 christos num_args++;
1329 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1330 1.1 christos }
1331 1.1 christos }
1332 1.1 christos
1333 1.1.1.2 christos fini:
1334 1.1.1.2 christos if (saw_comma || brk_lvl)
1335 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1336 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1337 1.1.1.2 christos
1338 1.1.1.2 christos return num_args;
1339 1.1.1.2 christos
1340 1.1.1.2 christos err:
1341 1.1.1.2 christos if (brk_lvl)
1342 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("Brackets in operand field incorrect"));
1343 1.1.1.2 christos else if (saw_comma)
1344 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("extra comma"));
1345 1.1.1.2 christos else if (!saw_arg)
1346 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("missing argument"));
1347 1.1.1.2 christos else
1348 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("missing comma or colon"));
1349 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1350 1.1.1.2 christos return -1;
1351 1.1.1.2 christos }
1352 1.1 christos
1353 1.1.1.2 christos /* Parse the flags to a structure. */
1354 1.1 christos
1355 1.1.1.2 christos static int
1356 1.1.1.2 christos tokenize_flags (const char *str,
1357 1.1.1.2 christos struct arc_flags flags[],
1358 1.1.1.2 christos int nflg)
1359 1.1.1.2 christos {
1360 1.1.1.2 christos char *old_input_line_pointer;
1361 1.1.1.6 christos bool saw_flg = false;
1362 1.1.1.6 christos bool saw_dot = false;
1363 1.1.1.2 christos int num_flags = 0;
1364 1.1.1.2 christos size_t flgnamelen;
1365 1.1.1.2 christos
1366 1.1.1.2 christos memset (flags, 0, sizeof (*flags) * nflg);
1367 1.1.1.2 christos
1368 1.1.1.2 christos /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
1369 1.1.1.2 christos old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
1370 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer = (char *) str;
1371 1.1.1.2 christos
1372 1.1.1.2 christos while (*input_line_pointer)
1373 1.1.1.2 christos {
1374 1.1.1.2 christos switch (*input_line_pointer)
1375 1.1.1.2 christos {
1376 1.1.1.2 christos case ' ':
1377 1.1.1.2 christos case '\0':
1378 1.1.1.2 christos goto fini;
1379 1.1.1.2 christos
1380 1.1.1.2 christos case '.':
1381 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer++;
1382 1.1.1.2 christos if (saw_dot)
1383 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1384 1.1.1.6 christos saw_dot = true;
1385 1.1.1.6 christos saw_flg = false;
1386 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1387 1.1 christos
1388 1.1.1.2 christos default:
1389 1.1.1.2 christos if (saw_flg && !saw_dot)
1390 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1391 1.1 christos
1392 1.1.1.2 christos if (num_flags >= nflg)
1393 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1394 1.1 christos
1395 1.1.1.3 christos flgnamelen = strspn (input_line_pointer,
1396 1.1.1.3 christos "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789");
1397 1.1.1.3 christos if (flgnamelen > MAX_FLAG_NAME_LENGTH)
1398 1.1.1.2 christos goto err;
1399 1.1.1.2 christos
1400 1.1.1.2 christos memcpy (flags->name, input_line_pointer, flgnamelen);
1401 1.1.1.2 christos
1402 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer += flgnamelen;
1403 1.1.1.2 christos flags++;
1404 1.1.1.6 christos saw_dot = false;
1405 1.1.1.6 christos saw_flg = true;
1406 1.1.1.2 christos num_flags++;
1407 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1408 1.1.1.2 christos }
1409 1.1 christos }
1410 1.1 christos
1411 1.1.1.2 christos fini:
1412 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1413 1.1.1.2 christos return num_flags;
1414 1.1.1.2 christos
1415 1.1.1.2 christos err:
1416 1.1.1.2 christos if (saw_dot)
1417 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("extra dot"));
1418 1.1.1.2 christos else if (!saw_flg)
1419 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("unrecognized flag"));
1420 1.1.1.2 christos else
1421 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("failed to parse flags"));
1422 1.1.1.2 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1423 1.1.1.2 christos return -1;
1424 1.1 christos }
1425 1.1 christos
1426 1.1.1.3 christos /* Apply the fixups in order. */
1427 1.1.1.2 christos
1428 1.1.1.3 christos static void
1429 1.1.1.3 christos apply_fixups (struct arc_insn *insn, fragS *fragP, int fix)
1430 1.1 christos {
1431 1.1.1.3 christos int i;
1432 1.1 christos
1433 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; i++)
1434 1.1 christos {
1435 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
1436 1.1.1.3 christos int size, pcrel, offset = 0;
1437 1.1 christos
1438 1.1.1.3 christos /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
1439 1.1.1.3 christos When it is fixed please delete me. */
1440 1.1.1.4 christos size = ((insn->len == 2) && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4;
1441 1.1 christos
1442 1.1.1.3 christos if (fixup->islong)
1443 1.1.1.4 christos offset = insn->len;
1444 1.1 christos
1445 1.1.1.3 christos /* Some fixups are only used internally, thus no howto. */
1446 1.1.1.3 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc == 0)
1447 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("Unhandled reloc type"));
1448 1.1 christos
1449 1.1.1.3 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1450 1.1.1.3 christos {
1451 1.1.1.3 christos /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
1452 1.1.1.3 christos When it is fixed please enable me.
1453 1.1.1.4 christos size = ((insn->len == 2 && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4; */
1454 1.1.1.3 christos pcrel = fixup->pcrel;
1455 1.1.1.3 christos }
1456 1.1.1.3 christos else
1457 1.1.1.3 christos {
1458 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
1459 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1460 1.1.1.3 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1461 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (reloc_howto);
1462 1.1 christos
1463 1.1.1.3 christos /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
1464 1.1.1.3 christos When it is fixed please enable me.
1465 1.1.1.3 christos size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto); */
1466 1.1.1.3 christos pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
1467 1.1.1.3 christos }
1468 1.1 christos
1469 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: apply_fixups: new %s fixup (PCrel:%s) of size %d @ \
1470 1.1.1.3 christos offset %d + %d\n",
1471 1.1.1.3 christos fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
1472 1.1.1.3 christos (fixup->reloc < 0) ? "Internal" :
1473 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixup->reloc),
1474 1.1.1.3 christos pcrel ? "Y" : "N",
1475 1.1.1.3 christos size, fix, offset);
1476 1.1.1.3 christos fix_new_exp (fragP, fix + offset,
1477 1.1.1.3 christos size, &fixup->exp, pcrel, fixup->reloc);
1478 1.1 christos
1479 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check for ZOLs, and update symbol info if any. */
1480 1.1.1.3 christos if (LP_INSN (insn->insn))
1481 1.1 christos {
1482 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol);
1483 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_SET_FLAG (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_ZOL);
1484 1.1 christos }
1485 1.1 christos }
1486 1.1.1.2 christos }
1487 1.1 christos
1488 1.1.1.3 christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
1489 1.1 christos
1490 1.1.1.3 christos static void
1491 1.1.1.6 christos emit_insn0 (struct arc_insn *insn, char *where, bool relax)
1492 1.1.1.2 christos {
1493 1.1.1.3 christos char *f = where;
1494 1.1.1.4 christos size_t total_len;
1495 1.1 christos
1496 1.1.1.4 christos pr_debug ("Emit insn : 0x%llx\n", insn->insn);
1497 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("\tLength : %d\n", insn->len);
1498 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("\tLong imm: 0x%lx\n", insn->limm);
1499 1.1 christos
1500 1.1.1.3 christos /* Write out the instruction. */
1501 1.1.1.4 christos total_len = insn->len + (insn->has_limm ? 4 : 0);
1502 1.1.1.4 christos if (!relax)
1503 1.1.1.4 christos f = frag_more (total_len);
1504 1.1.1.4 christos
1505 1.1.1.4 christos md_number_to_chars_midend(f, insn->insn, insn->len);
1506 1.1.1.4 christos
1507 1.1.1.4 christos if (insn->has_limm)
1508 1.1.1.4 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (f + insn->len, insn->limm, 4);
1509 1.1.1.4 christos dwarf2_emit_insn (total_len);
1510 1.1 christos
1511 1.1.1.3 christos if (!relax)
1512 1.1.1.3 christos apply_fixups (insn, frag_now, (f - frag_now->fr_literal));
1513 1.1.1.3 christos }
1514 1.1.1.2 christos
1515 1.1.1.3 christos static void
1516 1.1.1.3 christos emit_insn1 (struct arc_insn *insn)
1517 1.1.1.3 christos {
1518 1.1.1.3 christos /* How frag_var's args are currently configured:
1519 1.1.1.3 christos - rs_machine_dependent, to dictate it's a relaxation frag.
1520 1.1.1.3 christos - FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, maximum size of instruction
1521 1.1.1.3 christos - 0, variable size that might grow...unused by generic relaxation.
1522 1.1.1.3 christos - frag_now->fr_subtype, fr_subtype starting value, set previously.
1523 1.1.1.3 christos - s, opand expression.
1524 1.1.1.3 christos - 0, offset but it's unused.
1525 1.1.1.3 christos - 0, opcode but it's unused. */
1526 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *s = make_expr_symbol (&insn->fixups[0].exp);
1527 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now->tc_frag_data.pcrel = insn->fixups[0].pcrel;
1528 1.1.1.3 christos
1529 1.1.1.3 christos if (frag_room () < FRAG_MAX_GROWTH)
1530 1.1.1.3 christos {
1531 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handle differently when frag literal memory is exhausted.
1532 1.1.1.3 christos This is used because when there's not enough memory left in
1533 1.1.1.3 christos the current frag, a new frag is created and the information
1534 1.1.1.3 christos we put into frag_now->tc_frag_data is disregarded. */
1535 1.1.1.3 christos
1536 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_relax_type relax_info_copy;
1537 1.1.1.3 christos relax_substateT subtype = frag_now->fr_subtype;
1538 1.1.1.3 christos
1539 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (&relax_info_copy, &frag_now->tc_frag_data,
1540 1.1.1.3 christos sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
1541 1.1 christos
1542 1.1.1.3 christos frag_wane (frag_now);
1543 1.1.1.3 christos frag_grow (FRAG_MAX_GROWTH);
1544 1.1 christos
1545 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data, &relax_info_copy,
1546 1.1.1.3 christos sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
1547 1.1.1.2 christos
1548 1.1.1.3 christos frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
1549 1.1.1.3 christos subtype, s, 0, 0);
1550 1.1.1.3 christos }
1551 1.1.1.3 christos else
1552 1.1.1.3 christos frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
1553 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now->fr_subtype, s, 0, 0);
1554 1.1 christos }
1555 1.1 christos
1556 1.1.1.3 christos static void
1557 1.1.1.3 christos emit_insn (struct arc_insn *insn)
1558 1.1 christos {
1559 1.1.1.3 christos if (insn->relax)
1560 1.1.1.3 christos emit_insn1 (insn);
1561 1.1 christos else
1562 1.1.1.6 christos emit_insn0 (insn, NULL, false);
1563 1.1 christos }
1564 1.1 christos
1565 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check whether a symbol involves a register. */
1566 1.1 christos
1567 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
1568 1.1.1.3 christos contains_register (symbolS *sym)
1569 1.1 christos {
1570 1.1.1.3 christos if (sym)
1571 1.1.1.3 christos {
1572 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
1573 1.1.1.3 christos
1574 1.1.1.3 christos return ((O_register == ex->X_op)
1575 1.1.1.3 christos && !contains_register (ex->X_add_symbol)
1576 1.1.1.3 christos && !contains_register (ex->X_op_symbol));
1577 1.1.1.3 christos }
1578 1.1 christos
1579 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1580 1.1 christos }
1581 1.1 christos
1582 1.1.1.3 christos /* Returns the register number within a symbol. */
1583 1.1 christos
1584 1.1.1.3 christos static int
1585 1.1.1.3 christos get_register (symbolS *sym)
1586 1.1 christos {
1587 1.1.1.3 christos if (!contains_register (sym))
1588 1.1.1.3 christos return -1;
1589 1.1 christos
1590 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
1591 1.1.1.3 christos return regno (ex->X_add_number);
1592 1.1.1.3 christos }
1593 1.1 christos
1594 1.1.1.3 christos /* Return true if a RELOC is generic. A generic reloc is PC-rel of a
1595 1.1.1.3 christos simple ME relocation (e.g. RELOC_ARC_32_ME, BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32. */
1596 1.1 christos
1597 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
1598 1.1.1.3 christos generic_reloc_p (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
1599 1.1.1.3 christos {
1600 1.1.1.3 christos if (!reloc)
1601 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1602 1.1 christos
1603 1.1.1.3 christos switch (reloc)
1604 1.1 christos {
1605 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST:
1606 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST1:
1607 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST2:
1608 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD:
1609 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD1:
1610 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD2:
1611 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_ST2:
1612 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA32_ME:
1613 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1614 1.1.1.3 christos default:
1615 1.1.1.6 christos return true;
1616 1.1 christos }
1617 1.1 christos }
1618 1.1 christos
1619 1.1.1.3 christos /* Allocates a tok entry. */
1620 1.1 christos
1621 1.1.1.3 christos static int
1622 1.1.1.3 christos allocate_tok (expressionS *tok, int ntok, int cidx)
1623 1.1 christos {
1624 1.1.1.3 christos if (ntok > MAX_INSN_ARGS - 2)
1625 1.1.1.3 christos return 0; /* No space left. */
1626 1.1 christos
1627 1.1.1.3 christos if (cidx > ntok)
1628 1.1.1.4 christos return 0; /* Incorrect args. */
1629 1.1.1.3 christos
1630 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (&tok[ntok+1], &tok[ntok], sizeof (*tok));
1631 1.1.1.3 christos
1632 1.1.1.3 christos if (cidx == ntok)
1633 1.1.1.3 christos return 1; /* Success. */
1634 1.1.1.3 christos return allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, cidx);
1635 1.1 christos }
1636 1.1 christos
1637 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if an particular ARC feature is enabled. */
1638 1.1 christos
1639 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
1640 1.1.1.3 christos check_cpu_feature (insn_subclass_t sc)
1641 1.1.1.2 christos {
1642 1.1.1.4 christos if (is_code_density_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & CD))
1643 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1644 1.1.1.2 christos
1645 1.1.1.4 christos if (is_spfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & SPX))
1646 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1647 1.1.1.2 christos
1648 1.1.1.4 christos if (is_dpfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPX))
1649 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1650 1.1.1.2 christos
1651 1.1.1.4 christos if (is_fpuda_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPA))
1652 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1653 1.1.1.2 christos
1654 1.1.1.4 christos if (is_nps400_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & NPS400))
1655 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1656 1.1.1.2 christos
1657 1.1.1.6 christos return true;
1658 1.1.1.3 christos }
1659 1.1.1.3 christos
1660 1.1.1.3 christos /* Parse the flags described by FIRST_PFLAG and NFLGS against the flag
1661 1.1.1.3 christos operands in OPCODE. Stores the matching OPCODES into the FIRST_PFLAG
1662 1.1.1.3 christos array and returns TRUE if the flag operands all match, otherwise,
1663 1.1.1.3 christos returns FALSE, in which case the FIRST_PFLAG array may have been
1664 1.1.1.3 christos modified. */
1665 1.1.1.3 christos
1666 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
1667 1.1.1.3 christos parse_opcode_flags (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
1668 1.1.1.3 christos int nflgs,
1669 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags *first_pflag)
1670 1.1.1.3 christos {
1671 1.1.1.3 christos int lnflg, i;
1672 1.1.1.3 christos const unsigned char *flgidx;
1673 1.1.1.3 christos
1674 1.1.1.3 christos lnflg = nflgs;
1675 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++)
1676 1.1.1.3 christos first_pflag[i].flgp = NULL;
1677 1.1.1.3 christos
1678 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check the flags. Iterate over the valid flag classes. */
1679 1.1.1.3 christos for (flgidx = opcode->flags; *flgidx; ++flgidx)
1680 1.1.1.3 christos {
1681 1.1.1.3 christos /* Get a valid flag class. */
1682 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flag_class *cl_flags = &arc_flag_classes[*flgidx];
1683 1.1.1.3 christos const unsigned *flgopridx;
1684 1.1.1.3 christos int cl_matches = 0;
1685 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags *pflag = NULL;
1686 1.1.1.3 christos
1687 1.1.1.4 christos /* Check if opcode has implicit flag classes. */
1688 1.1.1.4 christos if (cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_IMPLICIT)
1689 1.1.1.4 christos continue;
1690 1.1.1.4 christos
1691 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check for extension conditional codes. */
1692 1.1.1.3 christos if (ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode
1693 1.1.1.3 christos && cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_EXTEND)
1694 1.1.1.3 christos {
1695 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flag_operand *pf = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode;
1696 1.1.1.3 christos while (pf->name)
1697 1.1.1.3 christos {
1698 1.1.1.3 christos pflag = first_pflag;
1699 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
1700 1.1.1.3 christos {
1701 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (pf->name, pflag->name))
1702 1.1.1.3 christos {
1703 1.1.1.3 christos if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
1704 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1705 1.1.1.3 christos /* Found it. */
1706 1.1.1.3 christos cl_matches++;
1707 1.1.1.3 christos pflag->flgp = pf;
1708 1.1.1.3 christos lnflg--;
1709 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1710 1.1.1.3 christos }
1711 1.1.1.3 christos }
1712 1.1.1.3 christos pf++;
1713 1.1.1.3 christos }
1714 1.1.1.3 christos }
1715 1.1.1.3 christos
1716 1.1.1.3 christos for (flgopridx = cl_flags->flags; *flgopridx; ++flgopridx)
1717 1.1.1.3 christos {
1718 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand;
1719 1.1.1.3 christos
1720 1.1.1.3 christos pflag = first_pflag;
1721 1.1.1.3 christos flg_operand = &arc_flag_operands[*flgopridx];
1722 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
1723 1.1.1.3 christos {
1724 1.1.1.3 christos /* Match against the parsed flags. */
1725 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, pflag->name))
1726 1.1.1.3 christos {
1727 1.1.1.3 christos if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
1728 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1729 1.1.1.3 christos cl_matches++;
1730 1.1.1.3 christos pflag->flgp = flg_operand;
1731 1.1.1.3 christos lnflg--;
1732 1.1.1.3 christos break; /* goto next flag class and parsed flag. */
1733 1.1.1.3 christos }
1734 1.1.1.3 christos }
1735 1.1.1.3 christos }
1736 1.1.1.3 christos
1737 1.1.1.3 christos if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_REQUIRED) && cl_matches == 0)
1738 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1739 1.1.1.3 christos if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_OPTIONAL) && cl_matches > 1)
1740 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
1741 1.1 christos }
1742 1.1.1.2 christos
1743 1.1.1.3 christos /* Did I check all the parsed flags? */
1744 1.1.1.6 christos return lnflg == 0;
1745 1.1.1.3 christos }
1746 1.1.1.3 christos
1747 1.1.1.3 christos
1748 1.1.1.3 christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
1749 1.1.1.3 christos syntax match. */
1750 1.1.1.3 christos
1751 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_opcode *
1752 1.1.1.3 christos find_opcode_match (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
1753 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *tok,
1754 1.1.1.3 christos int *pntok,
1755 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags *first_pflag,
1756 1.1.1.3 christos int nflgs,
1757 1.1.1.4 christos int *pcpumatch,
1758 1.1.1.4 christos const char **errmsg)
1759 1.1.1.3 christos {
1760 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
1761 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator iter;
1762 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok = *pntok;
1763 1.1.1.3 christos int got_cpu_match = 0;
1764 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS bktok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
1765 1.1.1.6 christos int bkntok, maxerridx = 0;
1766 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS emptyE;
1767 1.1.1.6 christos const char *tmpmsg = NULL;
1768 1.1.1.3 christos
1769 1.1.1.3 christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (&iter);
1770 1.1.1.3 christos memset (&emptyE, 0, sizeof (emptyE));
1771 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (bktok, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
1772 1.1.1.3 christos bkntok = ntok;
1773 1.1.1.3 christos
1774 1.1.1.3 christos for (opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter);
1775 1.1.1.3 christos opcode != NULL;
1776 1.1.1.3 christos opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter))
1777 1.1 christos {
1778 1.1.1.3 christos const unsigned char *opidx;
1779 1.1.1.3 christos int tokidx = 0;
1780 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *t = &emptyE;
1781 1.1.1.3 christos
1782 1.1.1.4 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: find_opcode_match: trying opcode 0x%08llX ",
1783 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->opcode);
1784 1.1.1.3 christos
1785 1.1.1.3 christos /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this
1786 1.1.1.3 christos architecture. */
1787 1.1.1.4 christos if (!(opcode->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
1788 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1789 1.1.1.3 christos
1790 1.1.1.3 christos if (!check_cpu_feature (opcode->subclass))
1791 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1792 1.1.1.3 christos
1793 1.1.1.3 christos got_cpu_match = 1;
1794 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("cpu ");
1795 1.1.1.3 christos
1796 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check the operands. */
1797 1.1.1.3 christos for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
1798 1.1.1.2 christos {
1799 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*opidx];
1800 1.1.1.3 christos
1801 1.1.1.3 christos /* Only take input from real operands. */
1802 1.1.1.4 christos if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
1803 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
1804 1.1.1.3 christos
1805 1.1.1.3 christos /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
1806 1.1.1.3 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
1807 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1808 1.1.1.3 christos
1809 1.1.1.3 christos /* Match operand type with expression type. */
1810 1.1.1.3 christos switch (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
1811 1.1.1.3 christos {
1812 1.1.1.4 christos case ARC_OPERAND_ADDRTYPE:
1813 1.1.1.4 christos {
1814 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = NULL;
1815 1.1.1.4 christos
1816 1.1.1.4 christos /* Check to be an address type. */
1817 1.1.1.4 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_addrtype)
1818 1.1.1.4 christos goto match_failed;
1819 1.1.1.4 christos
1820 1.1.1.4 christos /* All address type operands need to have an insert
1821 1.1.1.4 christos method in order to check that we have the correct
1822 1.1.1.4 christos address type. */
1823 1.1.1.4 christos gas_assert (operand->insert != NULL);
1824 1.1.1.4 christos (*operand->insert) (0, tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
1825 1.1.1.6 christos &tmpmsg);
1826 1.1.1.6 christos if (tmpmsg != NULL)
1827 1.1.1.4 christos goto match_failed;
1828 1.1.1.4 christos }
1829 1.1.1.4 christos break;
1830 1.1.1.4 christos
1831 1.1.1.3 christos case ARC_OPERAND_IR:
1832 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check to be a register. */
1833 1.1.1.3 christos if ((tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1834 1.1.1.3 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1835 1.1.1.3 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
1836 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1837 1.1.1.3 christos
1838 1.1.1.3 christos /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate. */
1839 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
1840 1.1.1.3 christos {
1841 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check for duplicate. */
1842 1.1.1.3 christos if (t->X_op != O_register
1843 1.1.1.3 christos || !is_ir_num (t->X_add_number)
1844 1.1.1.3 christos || (regno (t->X_add_number) !=
1845 1.1.1.3 christos regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)))
1846 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1847 1.1.1.3 christos }
1848 1.1.1.3 christos
1849 1.1.1.3 christos /* Special handling? */
1850 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->insert)
1851 1.1.1.3 christos {
1852 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = NULL;
1853 1.1.1.3 christos (*operand->insert)(0,
1854 1.1.1.3 christos regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number),
1855 1.1.1.6 christos &tmpmsg);
1856 1.1.1.6 christos if (tmpmsg)
1857 1.1.1.3 christos {
1858 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE)
1859 1.1.1.3 christos {
1860 1.1.1.3 christos /* Missing argument, create one. */
1861 1.1.1.3 christos if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
1862 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1863 1.1.1.3 christos
1864 1.1.1.3 christos tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
1865 1.1.1.3 christos ++ntok;
1866 1.1.1.3 christos }
1867 1.1.1.3 christos else
1868 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1869 1.1.1.3 christos }
1870 1.1.1.3 christos }
1871 1.1.1.3 christos
1872 1.1.1.3 christos t = &tok[tokidx];
1873 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1874 1.1.1.3 christos
1875 1.1.1.3 christos case ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET:
1876 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if bracket is also in opcode table as
1877 1.1.1.3 christos operand. */
1878 1.1.1.3 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_bracket)
1879 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1880 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1881 1.1.1.3 christos
1882 1.1.1.4 christos case ARC_OPERAND_COLON:
1883 1.1.1.4 christos /* Check if colon is also in opcode table as operand. */
1884 1.1.1.4 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_colon)
1885 1.1.1.4 christos goto match_failed;
1886 1.1.1.4 christos break;
1887 1.1.1.4 christos
1888 1.1.1.3 christos case ARC_OPERAND_LIMM:
1889 1.1.1.3 christos case ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED:
1890 1.1.1.3 christos case ARC_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
1891 1.1.1.3 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
1892 1.1.1.3 christos {
1893 1.1.1.3 christos case O_illegal:
1894 1.1.1.3 christos case O_absent:
1895 1.1.1.3 christos case O_register:
1896 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1897 1.1.1.3 christos
1898 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bracket:
1899 1.1.1.3 christos /* Got an (too) early bracket, check if it is an
1900 1.1.1.3 christos ignored operand. N.B. This procedure works only
1901 1.1.1.3 christos when bracket is the last operand! */
1902 1.1.1.3 christos if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
1903 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1904 1.1.1.3 christos /* Insert the missing operand. */
1905 1.1.1.3 christos if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
1906 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1907 1.1.1.3 christos
1908 1.1.1.3 christos tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
1909 1.1.1.3 christos ++ntok;
1910 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1911 1.1.1.3 christos
1912 1.1.1.3 christos case O_symbol:
1913 1.1.1.3 christos {
1914 1.1.1.3 christos const char *p;
1915 1.1.1.5 christos char *tmpp, *pp;
1916 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
1917 1.1.1.3 christos
1918 1.1.1.3 christos if (opcode->insn_class != AUXREG)
1919 1.1.1.3 christos goto de_fault;
1920 1.1.1.3 christos p = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
1921 1.1.1.3 christos
1922 1.1.1.5 christos /* For compatibility reasons, an aux register can
1923 1.1.1.5 christos be spelled with upper or lower case
1924 1.1.1.5 christos letters. */
1925 1.1.1.5 christos tmpp = strdup (p);
1926 1.1.1.5 christos for (pp = tmpp; *pp; ++pp) *pp = TOLOWER (*pp);
1927 1.1.1.5 christos
1928 1.1.1.6 christos auxr = str_hash_find (arc_aux_hash, tmpp);
1929 1.1.1.3 christos if (auxr)
1930 1.1.1.3 christos {
1931 1.1.1.3 christos /* We modify the token array here, safe in the
1932 1.1.1.3 christos knowledge, that if this was the wrong
1933 1.1.1.3 christos choice then the original contents will be
1934 1.1.1.3 christos restored from BKTOK. */
1935 1.1.1.3 christos tok[tokidx].X_op = O_constant;
1936 1.1.1.3 christos tok[tokidx].X_add_number = auxr->address;
1937 1.1.1.3 christos ARC_SET_FLAG (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_AUX);
1938 1.1.1.3 christos }
1939 1.1.1.5 christos free (tmpp);
1940 1.1.1.3 christos
1941 1.1.1.3 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_constant)
1942 1.1.1.3 christos goto de_fault;
1943 1.1.1.3 christos }
1944 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fall through. */
1945 1.1.1.3 christos case O_constant:
1946 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check the range. */
1947 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->bits != 32
1948 1.1.1.3 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK))
1949 1.1.1.3 christos {
1950 1.1.1.3 christos offsetT min, max, val;
1951 1.1.1.3 christos val = tok[tokidx].X_add_number;
1952 1.1.1.3 christos
1953 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
1954 1.1.1.3 christos {
1955 1.1.1.3 christos max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
1956 1.1.1.3 christos min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
1957 1.1.1.3 christos }
1958 1.1.1.3 christos else
1959 1.1.1.3 christos {
1960 1.1.1.3 christos max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
1961 1.1.1.3 christos min = 0;
1962 1.1.1.3 christos }
1963 1.1.1.3 christos
1964 1.1.1.3 christos if (val < min || val > max)
1965 1.1.1.6 christos {
1966 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = _("immediate is out of bounds");
1967 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
1968 1.1.1.6 christos }
1969 1.1.1.3 christos
1970 1.1.1.4 christos /* Check alignments. */
1971 1.1.1.3 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
1972 1.1.1.3 christos && (val & 0x03))
1973 1.1.1.6 christos {
1974 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = _("immediate is not 32bit aligned");
1975 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
1976 1.1.1.6 christos }
1977 1.1.1.3 christos
1978 1.1.1.3 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
1979 1.1.1.3 christos && (val & 0x01))
1980 1.1.1.6 christos {
1981 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = _("immediate is not 16bit aligned");
1982 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
1983 1.1.1.6 christos }
1984 1.1.1.3 christos }
1985 1.1.1.3 christos else if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
1986 1.1.1.3 christos {
1987 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->insert)
1988 1.1.1.3 christos {
1989 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = NULL;
1990 1.1.1.3 christos (*operand->insert)(0,
1991 1.1.1.3 christos tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
1992 1.1.1.6 christos &tmpmsg);
1993 1.1.1.6 christos if (tmpmsg)
1994 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1995 1.1.1.3 christos }
1996 1.1.1.3 christos else if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
1997 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
1998 1.1.1.3 christos }
1999 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2000 1.1.1.3 christos
2001 1.1.1.3 christos case O_subtract:
2002 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if it is register range. */
2003 1.1.1.3 christos if ((tok[tokidx].X_add_number == 0)
2004 1.1.1.3 christos && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol)
2005 1.1.1.3 christos && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol))
2006 1.1.1.3 christos {
2007 1.1.1.3 christos int regs;
2008 1.1.1.3 christos
2009 1.1.1.3 christos regs = get_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
2010 1.1.1.3 christos regs <<= 16;
2011 1.1.1.3 christos regs |= get_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol);
2012 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->insert)
2013 1.1.1.3 christos {
2014 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = NULL;
2015 1.1.1.3 christos (*operand->insert)(0,
2016 1.1.1.3 christos regs,
2017 1.1.1.6 christos &tmpmsg);
2018 1.1.1.6 christos if (tmpmsg)
2019 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
2020 1.1.1.3 christos }
2021 1.1.1.3 christos else
2022 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
2023 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2024 1.1.1.3 christos }
2025 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fall through. */
2026 1.1.1.3 christos default:
2027 1.1.1.3 christos de_fault:
2028 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
2029 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed; /* The operand needs relocation. */
2030 1.1.1.3 christos
2031 1.1.1.3 christos /* Relocs requiring long immediate. FIXME! make it
2032 1.1.1.3 christos generic and move it to a function. */
2033 1.1.1.3 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_md)
2034 1.1.1.3 christos {
2035 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotoff:
2036 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotpc:
2037 1.1.1.3 christos case O_pcl:
2038 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tpoff:
2039 1.1.1.3 christos case O_dtpoff:
2040 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsgd:
2041 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsie:
2042 1.1.1.3 christos if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
2043 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
2044 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fall through. */
2045 1.1.1.3 christos case O_absent:
2046 1.1.1.3 christos if (!generic_reloc_p (operand->default_reloc))
2047 1.1.1.3 christos goto match_failed;
2048 1.1.1.4 christos break;
2049 1.1.1.3 christos default:
2050 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2051 1.1.1.3 christos }
2052 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2053 1.1.1.3 christos }
2054 1.1.1.3 christos /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate. */
2055 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
2056 1.1.1.3 christos {
2057 1.1.1.3 christos if (t->X_op == O_illegal
2058 1.1.1.3 christos || t->X_op == O_absent
2059 1.1.1.3 christos || t->X_op == O_register
2060 1.1.1.3 christos || (t->X_add_number != tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
2061 1.1.1.6 christos {
2062 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = _("operand is not duplicate of the "
2063 1.1.1.6 christos "previous one");
2064 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
2065 1.1.1.6 christos }
2066 1.1.1.3 christos }
2067 1.1.1.3 christos t = &tok[tokidx];
2068 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2069 1.1.1.3 christos
2070 1.1.1.3 christos default:
2071 1.1.1.3 christos /* Everything else should have been fake. */
2072 1.1.1.3 christos abort ();
2073 1.1.1.3 christos }
2074 1.1.1.3 christos
2075 1.1.1.3 christos ++tokidx;
2076 1.1.1.2 christos }
2077 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("opr ");
2078 1.1.1.3 christos
2079 1.1.1.3 christos /* Setup ready for flag parsing. */
2080 1.1.1.3 christos if (!parse_opcode_flags (opcode, nflgs, first_pflag))
2081 1.1.1.6 christos {
2082 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = _("flag mismatch");
2083 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
2084 1.1.1.6 christos }
2085 1.1.1.3 christos
2086 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("flg");
2087 1.1.1.3 christos /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
2088 1.1.1.3 christos if (tokidx == ntok)
2089 1.1.1.2 christos {
2090 1.1.1.3 christos *pntok = ntok;
2091 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("\n");
2092 1.1.1.3 christos return opcode;
2093 1.1.1.2 christos }
2094 1.1.1.6 christos tmpmsg = _("too many arguments");
2095 1.1.1.3 christos
2096 1.1.1.3 christos match_failed:;
2097 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("\n");
2098 1.1.1.3 christos /* Restore the original parameters. */
2099 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (tok, bktok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
2100 1.1.1.3 christos ntok = bkntok;
2101 1.1.1.6 christos if (tokidx >= maxerridx
2102 1.1.1.6 christos && tmpmsg)
2103 1.1.1.6 christos {
2104 1.1.1.6 christos maxerridx = tokidx;
2105 1.1.1.6 christos *errmsg = tmpmsg;
2106 1.1.1.6 christos }
2107 1.1 christos }
2108 1.1 christos
2109 1.1.1.3 christos if (*pcpumatch)
2110 1.1.1.3 christos *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
2111 1.1 christos
2112 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
2113 1.1.1.3 christos }
2114 1.1.1.2 christos
2115 1.1.1.3 christos /* Swap operand tokens. */
2116 1.1 christos
2117 1.1.1.3 christos static void
2118 1.1.1.3 christos swap_operand (expressionS *operand_array,
2119 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned source,
2120 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned destination)
2121 1.1.1.3 christos {
2122 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS cpy_operand;
2123 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *src_operand;
2124 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *dst_operand;
2125 1.1.1.3 christos size_t size;
2126 1.1.1.2 christos
2127 1.1.1.3 christos if (source == destination)
2128 1.1.1.3 christos return;
2129 1.1.1.2 christos
2130 1.1.1.3 christos src_operand = &operand_array[source];
2131 1.1.1.3 christos dst_operand = &operand_array[destination];
2132 1.1.1.3 christos size = sizeof (expressionS);
2133 1.1.1.3 christos
2134 1.1.1.3 christos /* Make copy of operand to swap with and swap. */
2135 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (&cpy_operand, dst_operand, size);
2136 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (dst_operand, src_operand, size);
2137 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (src_operand, &cpy_operand, size);
2138 1.1.1.3 christos }
2139 1.1.1.3 christos
2140 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if *op matches *tok type.
2141 1.1.1.3 christos Returns FALSE if they don't match, TRUE if they match. */
2142 1.1.1.3 christos
2143 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
2144 1.1.1.3 christos pseudo_operand_match (const expressionS *tok,
2145 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand_operation *op)
2146 1.1.1.3 christos {
2147 1.1.1.3 christos offsetT min, max, val;
2148 1.1.1.6 christos bool ret;
2149 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand *operand_real = &arc_operands[op->operand_idx];
2150 1.1.1.3 christos
2151 1.1.1.6 christos ret = false;
2152 1.1.1.3 christos switch (tok->X_op)
2153 1.1.1.2 christos {
2154 1.1.1.3 christos case O_constant:
2155 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand_real->bits == 32 && (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
2156 1.1.1.3 christos ret = 1;
2157 1.1.1.3 christos else if (!(operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR))
2158 1.1.1.3 christos {
2159 1.1.1.3 christos val = tok->X_add_number + op->count;
2160 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
2161 1.1.1.3 christos {
2162 1.1.1.3 christos max = (1 << (operand_real->bits - 1)) - 1;
2163 1.1.1.3 christos min = -(1 << (operand_real->bits - 1));
2164 1.1.1.3 christos }
2165 1.1.1.3 christos else
2166 1.1.1.3 christos {
2167 1.1.1.3 christos max = (1 << operand_real->bits) - 1;
2168 1.1.1.3 christos min = 0;
2169 1.1.1.3 christos }
2170 1.1.1.3 christos if (min <= val && val <= max)
2171 1.1.1.6 christos ret = true;
2172 1.1.1.3 christos }
2173 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2174 1.1.1.3 christos
2175 1.1.1.3 christos case O_symbol:
2176 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handle all symbols as long immediates or signed 9. */
2177 1.1.1.4 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM
2178 1.1.1.4 christos || ((operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
2179 1.1.1.4 christos && operand_real->bits == 9))
2180 1.1.1.6 christos ret = true;
2181 1.1.1.2 christos break;
2182 1.1 christos
2183 1.1.1.3 christos case O_register:
2184 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
2185 1.1.1.6 christos ret = true;
2186 1.1.1.2 christos break;
2187 1.1.1.2 christos
2188 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bracket:
2189 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
2190 1.1.1.6 christos ret = true;
2191 1.1.1.2 christos break;
2192 1.1 christos
2193 1.1.1.2 christos default:
2194 1.1.1.3 christos /* Unknown. */
2195 1.1.1.2 christos break;
2196 1.1.1.2 christos }
2197 1.1.1.3 christos return ret;
2198 1.1.1.3 christos }
2199 1.1 christos
2200 1.1.1.3 christos /* Find pseudo instruction in array. */
2201 1.1.1.3 christos
2202 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_pseudo_insn *
2203 1.1.1.3 christos find_pseudo_insn (const char *opname,
2204 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok,
2205 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *tok)
2206 1.1.1.3 christos {
2207 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
2208 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand_operation *op;
2209 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int i;
2210 1.1.1.3 christos int j;
2211 1.1.1.3 christos
2212 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_pseudo_insn; ++i)
2213 1.1 christos {
2214 1.1.1.3 christos pseudo_insn = &arc_pseudo_insns[i];
2215 1.1.1.3 christos if (strcmp (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_p, opname) == 0)
2216 1.1.1.3 christos {
2217 1.1.1.3 christos op = pseudo_insn->operand;
2218 1.1.1.3 christos for (j = 0; j < ntok; ++j)
2219 1.1.1.3 christos if (!pseudo_operand_match (&tok[j], &op[j]))
2220 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2221 1.1.1.3 christos
2222 1.1.1.3 christos /* Found the right instruction. */
2223 1.1.1.3 christos if (j == ntok)
2224 1.1.1.3 christos return pseudo_insn;
2225 1.1.1.3 christos }
2226 1.1 christos }
2227 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
2228 1.1.1.3 christos }
2229 1.1 christos
2230 1.1.1.3 christos /* Assumes the expressionS *tok is of sufficient size. */
2231 1.1 christos
2232 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
2233 1.1.1.3 christos find_special_case_pseudo (const char *opname,
2234 1.1.1.3 christos int *ntok,
2235 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *tok,
2236 1.1.1.3 christos int *nflgs,
2237 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags *pflags)
2238 1.1.1.3 christos {
2239 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
2240 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand_operation *operand_pseudo;
2241 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand *operand_real;
2242 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned i;
2243 1.1.1.3 christos char construct_operand[MAX_CONSTR_STR];
2244 1.1.1.2 christos
2245 1.1.1.3 christos /* Find whether opname is in pseudo instruction array. */
2246 1.1.1.3 christos pseudo_insn = find_pseudo_insn (opname, *ntok, tok);
2247 1.1 christos
2248 1.1.1.3 christos if (pseudo_insn == NULL)
2249 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
2250 1.1 christos
2251 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handle flag, Limited to one flag at the moment. */
2252 1.1.1.3 christos if (pseudo_insn->flag_r != NULL)
2253 1.1.1.3 christos *nflgs += tokenize_flags (pseudo_insn->flag_r, &pflags[*nflgs],
2254 1.1.1.3 christos MAX_INSN_FLGS - *nflgs);
2255 1.1 christos
2256 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handle operand operations. */
2257 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
2258 1.1.1.3 christos {
2259 1.1.1.3 christos operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
2260 1.1.1.3 christos operand_real = &arc_operands[operand_pseudo->operand_idx];
2261 1.1.1.2 christos
2262 1.1.1.4 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET
2263 1.1.1.4 christos && !operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
2264 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
2265 1.1.1.2 christos
2266 1.1.1.3 christos /* Has to be inserted (i.e. this token does not exist yet). */
2267 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
2268 1.1.1.3 christos {
2269 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
2270 1.1.1.3 christos {
2271 1.1.1.3 christos tok[i].X_op = O_bracket;
2272 1.1.1.3 christos ++(*ntok);
2273 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
2274 1.1.1.3 christos }
2275 1.1.1.2 christos
2276 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if operand is a register or constant and handle it
2277 1.1.1.3 christos by type. */
2278 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
2279 1.1.1.3 christos snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "r%d",
2280 1.1.1.3 christos operand_pseudo->count);
2281 1.1.1.3 christos else
2282 1.1.1.3 christos snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "%d",
2283 1.1.1.3 christos operand_pseudo->count);
2284 1.1.1.2 christos
2285 1.1.1.3 christos tokenize_arguments (construct_operand, &tok[i], 1);
2286 1.1.1.3 christos ++(*ntok);
2287 1.1.1.3 christos }
2288 1.1 christos
2289 1.1.1.3 christos else if (operand_pseudo->count)
2290 1.1.1.3 christos {
2291 1.1.1.3 christos /* Operand number has to be adjusted accordingly (by operand
2292 1.1.1.3 christos type). */
2293 1.1.1.3 christos switch (tok[i].X_op)
2294 1.1.1.3 christos {
2295 1.1.1.3 christos case O_constant:
2296 1.1.1.3 christos tok[i].X_add_number += operand_pseudo->count;
2297 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2298 1.1 christos
2299 1.1.1.3 christos case O_symbol:
2300 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2301 1.1.1.2 christos
2302 1.1.1.3 christos default:
2303 1.1.1.3 christos /* Ignored. */
2304 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2305 1.1.1.3 christos }
2306 1.1.1.3 christos }
2307 1.1.1.2 christos }
2308 1.1.1.2 christos
2309 1.1.1.3 christos /* Swap operands if necessary. Only supports one swap at the
2310 1.1.1.3 christos moment. */
2311 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
2312 1.1.1.2 christos {
2313 1.1.1.3 christos operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
2314 1.1.1.3 christos
2315 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx == i)
2316 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
2317 1.1.1.3 christos
2318 1.1.1.3 christos swap_operand (tok, i, operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx);
2319 1.1.1.3 christos
2320 1.1.1.3 christos /* Prevent a swap back later by breaking out. */
2321 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2322 1.1 christos }
2323 1.1.1.3 christos
2324 1.1.1.3 christos return arc_find_opcode (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_r);
2325 1.1.1.3 christos }
2326 1.1.1.3 christos
2327 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
2328 1.1.1.3 christos find_special_case_flag (const char *opname,
2329 1.1.1.3 christos int *nflgs,
2330 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags *pflags)
2331 1.1.1.3 christos {
2332 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int i;
2333 1.1.1.3 christos const char *flagnm;
2334 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned flag_idx, flag_arr_idx;
2335 1.1.1.3 christos size_t flaglen, oplen;
2336 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flag_special *arc_flag_special_opcode;
2337 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
2338 1.1.1.3 christos
2339 1.1.1.3 christos /* Search for special case instruction. */
2340 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_flag_special; i++)
2341 1.1 christos {
2342 1.1.1.3 christos arc_flag_special_opcode = &arc_flag_special_cases[i];
2343 1.1.1.3 christos oplen = strlen (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
2344 1.1.1.3 christos
2345 1.1.1.3 christos if (strncmp (opname, arc_flag_special_opcode->name, oplen) != 0)
2346 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
2347 1.1.1.3 christos
2348 1.1.1.3 christos /* Found a potential special case instruction, now test for
2349 1.1.1.3 christos flags. */
2350 1.1.1.3 christos for (flag_arr_idx = 0;; ++flag_arr_idx)
2351 1.1 christos {
2352 1.1.1.3 christos flag_idx = arc_flag_special_opcode->flags[flag_arr_idx];
2353 1.1.1.3 christos if (flag_idx == 0)
2354 1.1.1.3 christos break; /* End of array, nothing found. */
2355 1.1.1.3 christos
2356 1.1.1.3 christos flagnm = arc_flag_operands[flag_idx].name;
2357 1.1.1.3 christos flaglen = strlen (flagnm);
2358 1.1.1.3 christos if (strcmp (opname + oplen, flagnm) == 0)
2359 1.1.1.3 christos {
2360 1.1.1.3 christos entry = arc_find_opcode (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
2361 1.1.1.3 christos
2362 1.1.1.3 christos if (*nflgs + 1 > MAX_INSN_FLGS)
2363 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2364 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (pflags[*nflgs].name, flagnm, flaglen);
2365 1.1.1.3 christos pflags[*nflgs].name[flaglen] = '\0';
2366 1.1.1.3 christos (*nflgs)++;
2367 1.1.1.3 christos return entry;
2368 1.1.1.3 christos }
2369 1.1 christos }
2370 1.1 christos }
2371 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
2372 1.1.1.3 christos }
2373 1.1 christos
2374 1.1.1.3 christos /* Used to find special case opcode. */
2375 1.1 christos
2376 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
2377 1.1.1.3 christos find_special_case (const char *opname,
2378 1.1.1.3 christos int *nflgs,
2379 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags *pflags,
2380 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *tok,
2381 1.1.1.3 christos int *ntok)
2382 1.1 christos {
2383 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
2384 1.1 christos
2385 1.1.1.3 christos entry = find_special_case_pseudo (opname, ntok, tok, nflgs, pflags);
2386 1.1.1.2 christos
2387 1.1.1.3 christos if (entry == NULL)
2388 1.1.1.3 christos entry = find_special_case_flag (opname, nflgs, pflags);
2389 1.1.1.2 christos
2390 1.1.1.3 christos return entry;
2391 1.1.1.3 christos }
2392 1.1.1.2 christos
2393 1.1.1.4 christos /* Autodetect cpu attribute list. */
2394 1.1.1.4 christos
2395 1.1.1.4 christos static void
2396 1.1.1.4 christos autodetect_attributes (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
2397 1.1.1.4 christos const expressionS *tok,
2398 1.1.1.4 christos int ntok)
2399 1.1.1.4 christos {
2400 1.1.1.4 christos unsigned i;
2401 1.1.1.4 christos struct mpy_type
2402 1.1.1.4 christos {
2403 1.1.1.4 christos unsigned feature;
2404 1.1.1.4 christos unsigned encoding;
2405 1.1.1.4 christos } mpy_list[] = {{ MPY1E, 1 }, { MPY6E, 6 }, { MPY7E, 7 }, { MPY8E, 8 },
2406 1.1.1.4 christos { MPY9E, 9 }};
2407 1.1.1.4 christos
2408 1.1.1.4 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
2409 1.1.1.4 christos if (opcode->subclass == feature_list[i].feature)
2410 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.features |= feature_list[i].feature;
2411 1.1.1.4 christos
2412 1.1.1.4 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mpy_list); i++)
2413 1.1.1.4 christos if (opcode->subclass == mpy_list[i].feature)
2414 1.1.1.4 christos mpy_option = mpy_list[i].encoding;
2415 1.1.1.4 christos
2416 1.1.1.4 christos for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) ntok; i++)
2417 1.1.1.4 christos {
2418 1.1.1.4 christos switch (tok[i].X_md)
2419 1.1.1.4 christos {
2420 1.1.1.4 christos case O_gotoff:
2421 1.1.1.4 christos case O_gotpc:
2422 1.1.1.4 christos case O_plt:
2423 1.1.1.4 christos pic_option = 2;
2424 1.1.1.4 christos break;
2425 1.1.1.4 christos case O_sda:
2426 1.1.1.4 christos sda_option = 2;
2427 1.1.1.4 christos break;
2428 1.1.1.4 christos case O_tlsgd:
2429 1.1.1.4 christos case O_tlsie:
2430 1.1.1.4 christos case O_tpoff9:
2431 1.1.1.4 christos case O_tpoff:
2432 1.1.1.4 christos case O_dtpoff9:
2433 1.1.1.4 christos case O_dtpoff:
2434 1.1.1.4 christos tls_option = 1;
2435 1.1.1.4 christos break;
2436 1.1.1.4 christos default:
2437 1.1.1.4 christos break;
2438 1.1.1.4 christos }
2439 1.1.1.5 christos
2440 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok[i].X_op)
2441 1.1.1.5 christos {
2442 1.1.1.5 christos case O_register:
2443 1.1.1.5 christos if ((tok[i].X_add_number >= 4 && tok[i].X_add_number <= 9)
2444 1.1.1.5 christos || (tok[i].X_add_number >= 16 && tok[i].X_add_number <= 25))
2445 1.1.1.6 christos rf16_only = false;
2446 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2447 1.1.1.5 christos default:
2448 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2449 1.1.1.5 christos }
2450 1.1.1.4 christos }
2451 1.1.1.4 christos }
2452 1.1.1.4 christos
2453 1.1.1.3 christos /* Given an opcode name, pre-tockenized set of argumenst and the
2454 1.1.1.3 christos opcode flags, take it all the way through emission. */
2455 1.1 christos
2456 1.1.1.3 christos static void
2457 1.1.1.3 christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
2458 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *tok,
2459 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok,
2460 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags *pflags,
2461 1.1.1.3 christos int nflgs)
2462 1.1.1.3 christos {
2463 1.1.1.6 christos bool found_something = false;
2464 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
2465 1.1.1.3 christos int cpumatch = 1;
2466 1.1.1.4 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
2467 1.1 christos
2468 1.1.1.3 christos /* Search opcodes. */
2469 1.1.1.3 christos entry = arc_find_opcode (opname);
2470 1.1 christos
2471 1.1.1.3 christos /* Couldn't find opcode conventional way, try special cases. */
2472 1.1.1.3 christos if (entry == NULL)
2473 1.1.1.3 christos entry = find_special_case (opname, &nflgs, pflags, tok, &ntok);
2474 1.1.1.3 christos
2475 1.1.1.3 christos if (entry != NULL)
2476 1.1.1.2 christos {
2477 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
2478 1.1.1.3 christos
2479 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_tokens: %s\n",
2480 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opname);
2481 1.1.1.6 christos found_something = true;
2482 1.1.1.3 christos opcode = find_opcode_match (entry, tok, &ntok, pflags,
2483 1.1.1.4 christos nflgs, &cpumatch, &errmsg);
2484 1.1.1.3 christos if (opcode != NULL)
2485 1.1.1.2 christos {
2486 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_insn insn;
2487 1.1.1.3 christos
2488 1.1.1.4 christos autodetect_attributes (opcode, tok, ntok);
2489 1.1.1.3 christos assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflgs, &insn);
2490 1.1.1.3 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2491 1.1.1.3 christos return;
2492 1.1.1.2 christos }
2493 1.1.1.2 christos }
2494 1.1 christos
2495 1.1.1.3 christos if (found_something)
2496 1.1.1.3 christos {
2497 1.1.1.3 christos if (cpumatch)
2498 1.1.1.4 christos if (errmsg)
2499 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("%s for instruction '%s'"), errmsg, opname);
2500 1.1.1.4 christos else
2501 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode '%s'"), opname);
2502 1.1.1.3 christos else
2503 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("opcode '%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
2504 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.name);
2505 1.1.1.3 christos }
2506 1.1.1.3 christos else
2507 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("unknown opcode '%s'"), opname);
2508 1.1 christos }
2509 1.1 christos
2510 1.1.1.3 christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
2511 1.1.1.2 christos
2512 1.1.1.2 christos void
2513 1.1.1.3 christos md_assemble (char *str)
2514 1.1 christos {
2515 1.1.1.3 christos char *opname;
2516 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
2517 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok, nflg;
2518 1.1.1.3 christos size_t opnamelen;
2519 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags flags[MAX_INSN_FLGS];
2520 1.1.1.2 christos
2521 1.1.1.3 christos /* Split off the opcode. */
2522 1.1.1.7 christos opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_0123456789");
2523 1.1.1.3 christos opname = xmemdup0 (str, opnamelen);
2524 1.1.1.2 christos
2525 1.1.1.4 christos /* Signalize we are assembling the instructions. */
2526 1.1.1.6 christos assembling_insn = true;
2527 1.1.1.2 christos
2528 1.1.1.3 christos /* Tokenize the flags. */
2529 1.1.1.3 christos if ((nflg = tokenize_flags (str + opnamelen, flags, MAX_INSN_FLGS)) == -1)
2530 1.1.1.3 christos {
2531 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("syntax error"));
2532 1.1.1.3 christos return;
2533 1.1.1.2 christos }
2534 1.1.1.2 christos
2535 1.1.1.3 christos /* Scan up to the end of the mnemonic which must end in space or end
2536 1.1.1.3 christos of string. */
2537 1.1.1.3 christos str += opnamelen;
2538 1.1.1.3 christos for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
2539 1.1.1.3 christos if (*str == ' ')
2540 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2541 1.1 christos
2542 1.1.1.3 christos /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
2543 1.1.1.3 christos if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
2544 1.1.1.2 christos {
2545 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("syntax error"));
2546 1.1.1.3 christos return;
2547 1.1.1.2 christos }
2548 1.1.1.3 christos
2549 1.1.1.3 christos /* Finish it off. */
2550 1.1.1.3 christos assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, flags, nflg);
2551 1.1.1.6 christos assembling_insn = false;
2552 1.1.1.2 christos }
2553 1.1 christos
2554 1.1.1.3 christos /* Callback to insert a register into the hash table. */
2555 1.1.1.2 christos
2556 1.1.1.3 christos static void
2557 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register (const char *name, int number)
2558 1.1.1.2 christos {
2559 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *regS = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
2560 1.1.1.6 christos &zero_address_frag, number);
2561 1.1.1.2 christos
2562 1.1.1.6 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_reg_hash, S_GET_NAME (regS), regS, 0) != NULL)
2563 1.1.1.6 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
2564 1.1.1.3 christos }
2565 1.1.1.2 christos
2566 1.1.1.3 christos /* Construct symbols for each of the general registers. */
2567 1.1.1.2 christos
2568 1.1.1.3 christos static void
2569 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register_set (void)
2570 1.1.1.3 christos {
2571 1.1.1.3 christos int i;
2572 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < 64; ++i)
2573 1.1.1.2 christos {
2574 1.1.1.6 christos char name[32];
2575 1.1.1.3 christos
2576 1.1.1.3 christos sprintf (name, "r%d", i);
2577 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register (name, i);
2578 1.1.1.3 christos if ((i & 0x01) == 0)
2579 1.1.1.3 christos {
2580 1.1.1.3 christos sprintf (name, "r%dr%d", i, i+1);
2581 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register (name, i);
2582 1.1.1.3 christos }
2583 1.1.1.2 christos }
2584 1.1.1.2 christos }
2585 1.1.1.2 christos
2586 1.1.1.4 christos /* Construct a symbol for an address type. */
2587 1.1.1.4 christos
2588 1.1.1.4 christos static void
2589 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype (const char *name, int number)
2590 1.1.1.4 christos {
2591 1.1.1.4 christos symbolS *addrtypeS = symbol_create (name, undefined_section,
2592 1.1.1.6 christos &zero_address_frag, number);
2593 1.1.1.4 christos
2594 1.1.1.6 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_addrtype_hash, S_GET_NAME (addrtypeS), addrtypeS, 0))
2595 1.1.1.6 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
2596 1.1.1.4 christos }
2597 1.1.1.4 christos
2598 1.1.1.3 christos /* Port-specific assembler initialization. This function is called
2599 1.1.1.3 christos once, at assembler startup time. */
2600 1.1.1.3 christos
2601 1.1.1.3 christos void
2602 1.1.1.3 christos md_begin (void)
2603 1.1.1.3 christos {
2604 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode = arc_opcodes;
2605 1.1.1.3 christos
2606 1.1.1.4 christos if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE)
2607 1.1.1.4 christos arc_select_cpu (TARGET_WITH_CPU, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT);
2608 1.1.1.2 christos
2609 1.1.1.3 christos /* The endianness can be chosen "at the factory". */
2610 1.1.1.3 christos target_big_endian = byte_order == BIG_ENDIAN;
2611 1.1.1.2 christos
2612 1.1.1.4 christos if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
2613 1.1.1.3 christos as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
2614 1.1.1.2 christos
2615 1.1.1.3 christos /* Set elf header flags. */
2616 1.1.1.4 christos bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
2617 1.1.1.2 christos
2618 1.1.1.3 christos /* Set up a hash table for the instructions. */
2619 1.1.1.7 christos arc_opcode_hash = htab_create_alloc (16, hash_string_tuple, eq_string_tuple,
2620 1.1.1.7 christos arc_opcode_free, xcalloc, free);
2621 1.1.1.2 christos
2622 1.1.1.3 christos /* Initialize the hash table with the insns. */
2623 1.1.1.3 christos do
2624 1.1.1.2 christos {
2625 1.1.1.3 christos const char *name = opcode->name;
2626 1.1.1.2 christos
2627 1.1.1.3 christos arc_insert_opcode (opcode);
2628 1.1.1.2 christos
2629 1.1.1.3 christos while (++opcode && opcode->name
2630 1.1.1.3 christos && (opcode->name == name
2631 1.1.1.3 christos || !strcmp (opcode->name, name)))
2632 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
2633 1.1.1.3 christos }while (opcode->name);
2634 1.1.1.2 christos
2635 1.1.1.3 christos /* Register declaration. */
2636 1.1.1.6 christos arc_reg_hash = str_htab_create ();
2637 1.1.1.2 christos
2638 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register_set ();
2639 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("gp", 26);
2640 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("fp", 27);
2641 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("sp", 28);
2642 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("ilink", 29);
2643 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("ilink1", 29);
2644 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("ilink2", 30);
2645 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("blink", 31);
2646 1.1 christos
2647 1.1.1.3 christos /* XY memory registers. */
2648 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x0_u0", 32);
2649 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x0_u1", 33);
2650 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x1_u0", 34);
2651 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x1_u1", 35);
2652 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x2_u0", 36);
2653 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x2_u1", 37);
2654 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x3_u0", 38);
2655 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x3_u1", 39);
2656 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y0_u0", 40);
2657 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y0_u1", 41);
2658 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y1_u0", 42);
2659 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y1_u1", 43);
2660 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y2_u0", 44);
2661 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y2_u1", 45);
2662 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y3_u0", 46);
2663 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y3_u1", 47);
2664 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x0_nu", 48);
2665 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x1_nu", 49);
2666 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x2_nu", 50);
2667 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("x3_nu", 51);
2668 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y0_nu", 52);
2669 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y1_nu", 53);
2670 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y2_nu", 54);
2671 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("y3_nu", 55);
2672 1.1 christos
2673 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("mlo", 57);
2674 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("mmid", 58);
2675 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("mhi", 59);
2676 1.1.1.2 christos
2677 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("acc1", 56);
2678 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("acc2", 57);
2679 1.1.1.2 christos
2680 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("lp_count", 60);
2681 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register ("pcl", 63);
2682 1.1 christos
2683 1.1.1.3 christos /* Initialize the last instructions. */
2684 1.1.1.3 christos memset (&arc_last_insns[0], 0, sizeof (arc_last_insns));
2685 1.1 christos
2686 1.1.1.3 christos /* Aux register declaration. */
2687 1.1.1.6 christos arc_aux_hash = str_htab_create ();
2688 1.1 christos
2689 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr = &arc_aux_regs[0];
2690 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int i;
2691 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_aux_regs; i++, auxr++)
2692 1.1.1.3 christos {
2693 1.1.1.4 christos if (!(auxr->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
2694 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
2695 1.1 christos
2696 1.1.1.3 christos if ((auxr->subclass != NONE)
2697 1.1.1.3 christos && !check_cpu_feature (auxr->subclass))
2698 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
2699 1.1 christos
2700 1.1.1.6 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, auxr, 0) != 0)
2701 1.1.1.6 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), auxr->name);
2702 1.1.1.2 christos }
2703 1.1.1.4 christos
2704 1.1.1.4 christos /* Address type declaration. */
2705 1.1.1.6 christos arc_addrtype_hash = str_htab_create ();
2706 1.1.1.4 christos
2707 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("bd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_BD);
2708 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("jid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_JID);
2709 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("lbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_LBD);
2710 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("mbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_MBD);
2711 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("sd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SD);
2712 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("sm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SM);
2713 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("xa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XA);
2714 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("xd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XD);
2715 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("cd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CD);
2716 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("cbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CBD);
2717 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("cjid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CJID);
2718 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("clbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CLBD);
2719 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("cm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CM);
2720 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("csd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CSD);
2721 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("cxa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXA);
2722 1.1.1.4 christos declare_addrtype ("cxd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXD);
2723 1.1.1.2 christos }
2724 1.1.1.2 christos
2725 1.1.1.7 christos void
2726 1.1.1.7 christos arc_md_end (void)
2727 1.1.1.7 christos {
2728 1.1.1.7 christos htab_delete (arc_opcode_hash);
2729 1.1.1.7 christos htab_delete (arc_reg_hash);
2730 1.1.1.7 christos htab_delete (arc_aux_hash);
2731 1.1.1.7 christos htab_delete (arc_addrtype_hash);
2732 1.1.1.7 christos }
2733 1.1.1.7 christos
2734 1.1.1.3 christos /* Write a value out to the object file, using the appropriate
2735 1.1.1.3 christos endianness. */
2736 1.1.1.3 christos
2737 1.1.1.2 christos void
2738 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (char *buf,
2739 1.1.1.3 christos valueT val,
2740 1.1.1.3 christos int n)
2741 1.1.1.2 christos {
2742 1.1.1.3 christos if (target_big_endian)
2743 1.1.1.3 christos number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
2744 1.1.1.3 christos else
2745 1.1.1.3 christos number_to_chars_littleendian (buf, val, n);
2746 1.1.1.3 christos }
2747 1.1.1.2 christos
2748 1.1.1.3 christos /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
2749 1.1.1.2 christos
2750 1.1.1.3 christos valueT
2751 1.1.1.3 christos md_section_align (segT segment,
2752 1.1.1.3 christos valueT size)
2753 1.1.1.3 christos {
2754 1.1.1.5 christos int align = bfd_section_alignment (segment);
2755 1.1.1.3 christos
2756 1.1.1.3 christos return ((size + (1 << align) - 1) & (-((valueT) 1 << align)));
2757 1.1.1.2 christos }
2758 1.1.1.2 christos
2759 1.1.1.3 christos /* The location from which a PC relative jump should be calculated,
2760 1.1.1.3 christos given a PC relative reloc. */
2761 1.1.1.3 christos
2762 1.1.1.3 christos long
2763 1.1.1.3 christos md_pcrel_from_section (fixS *fixP,
2764 1.1.1.3 christos segT sec)
2765 1.1.1.2 christos {
2766 1.1.1.3 christos offsetT base = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2767 1.1.1.3 christos
2768 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("pcrel_from_section, fx_offset = %d\n", (int) fixP->fx_offset);
2769 1.1.1.3 christos
2770 1.1.1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != (symbolS *) NULL
2771 1.1.1.3 christos && (!S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy)
2772 1.1.1.3 christos || S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != sec))
2773 1.1.1.3 christos {
2774 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("Unknown pcrel symbol: %s\n", S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy));
2775 1.1.1.3 christos
2776 1.1.1.3 christos /* The symbol is undefined (or is defined but not in this section).
2777 1.1.1.3 christos Let the linker figure it out. */
2778 1.1.1.3 christos return 0;
2779 1.1.1.3 christos }
2780 1.1.1.2 christos
2781 1.1.1.3 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
2782 1.1.1.3 christos {
2783 1.1.1.3 christos /* These are the "internal" relocations. Align them to
2784 1.1.1.3 christos 32 bit boundary (PCL), for the moment. */
2785 1.1.1.3 christos base &= ~3;
2786 1.1.1.3 christos }
2787 1.1.1.3 christos else
2788 1.1.1.2 christos {
2789 1.1.1.3 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
2790 1.1.1.2 christos {
2791 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
2792 1.1.1.3 christos /* The hardware calculates relative to the start of the
2793 1.1.1.3 christos insn, but this relocation is relative to location of the
2794 1.1.1.3 christos LIMM, compensate. The base always needs to be
2795 1.1.1.4 christos subtracted by 4 as we do not support this type of PCrel
2796 1.1.1.3 christos relocation for short instructions. */
2797 1.1.1.3 christos base -= 4;
2798 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
2799 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
2800 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
2801 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
2802 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
2803 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
2804 1.1.1.2 christos
2805 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
2806 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
2807 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
2808 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
2809 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
2810 1.1.1.3 christos base &= ~3;
2811 1.1.1.2 christos break;
2812 1.1.1.2 christos default:
2813 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
2814 1.1.1.3 christos _("unhandled reloc %s in md_pcrel_from_section"),
2815 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
2816 1.1.1.2 christos break;
2817 1.1 christos }
2818 1.1.1.2 christos }
2819 1.1.1.3 christos
2820 1.1.1.7 christos pr_debug ("pcrel from %" PRIx64 " + %lx = %" PRIx64 ", "
2821 1.1.1.7 christos "symbol: %s (%" PRIx64 ")\n",
2822 1.1.1.7 christos (uint64_t) fixP->fx_frag->fr_address, fixP->fx_where, (uint64_t) base,
2823 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy) : "(null)",
2824 1.1.1.7 christos fixP->fx_addsy ? (uint64_t) S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy) : (uint64_t) 0);
2825 1.1.1.3 christos
2826 1.1.1.3 christos return base;
2827 1.1.1.2 christos }
2828 1.1.1.2 christos
2829 1.1.1.4 christos /* Given a BFD relocation find the corresponding operand. */
2830 1.1.1.2 christos
2831 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_operand *
2832 1.1.1.3 christos find_operand_for_reloc (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
2833 1.1.1.2 christos {
2834 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned i;
2835 1.1.1.2 christos
2836 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_operands; i++)
2837 1.1.1.3 christos if (arc_operands[i].default_reloc == reloc)
2838 1.1.1.3 christos return &arc_operands[i];
2839 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
2840 1.1.1.3 christos }
2841 1.1.1.2 christos
2842 1.1.1.3 christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
2843 1.1.1.2 christos
2844 1.1.1.4 christos static unsigned long long
2845 1.1.1.4 christos insert_operand (unsigned long long insn,
2846 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand *operand,
2847 1.1.1.4 christos long long val,
2848 1.1.1.3 christos const char *file,
2849 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned line)
2850 1.1.1.3 christos {
2851 1.1.1.3 christos offsetT min = 0, max = 0;
2852 1.1 christos
2853 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->bits != 32
2854 1.1.1.3 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
2855 1.1.1.3 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_FAKE))
2856 1.1.1.3 christos {
2857 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
2858 1.1 christos {
2859 1.1.1.3 christos max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
2860 1.1.1.3 christos min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
2861 1.1.1.2 christos }
2862 1.1.1.2 christos else
2863 1.1.1.3 christos {
2864 1.1.1.3 christos max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
2865 1.1.1.3 christos min = 0;
2866 1.1.1.3 christos }
2867 1.1.1.3 christos
2868 1.1.1.3 christos if (val < min || val > max)
2869 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"),
2870 1.1.1.3 christos val, min, max, file, line);
2871 1.1.1.2 christos }
2872 1.1 christos
2873 1.1.1.4 christos pr_debug ("insert field: %ld <= %lld <= %ld in 0x%08llx\n",
2874 1.1.1.3 christos min, val, max, insn);
2875 1.1 christos
2876 1.1.1.3 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
2877 1.1.1.3 christos && (val & 0x03))
2878 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad_where (file, line,
2879 1.1.1.3 christos _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 32bit aligned"));
2880 1.1 christos
2881 1.1.1.3 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
2882 1.1.1.3 christos && (val & 0x01))
2883 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad_where (file, line,
2884 1.1.1.3 christos _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 16bit aligned"));
2885 1.1 christos
2886 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->insert)
2887 1.1.1.3 christos {
2888 1.1.1.3 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
2889 1.1 christos
2890 1.1.1.3 christos insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
2891 1.1.1.3 christos if (errmsg)
2892 1.1.1.3 christos as_warn_where (file, line, "%s", errmsg);
2893 1.1.1.3 christos }
2894 1.1.1.3 christos else
2895 1.1.1.3 christos {
2896 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TRUNCATE)
2897 1.1.1.3 christos {
2898 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
2899 1.1.1.3 christos val >>= 2;
2900 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
2901 1.1.1.3 christos val >>= 1;
2902 1.1.1.3 christos }
2903 1.1.1.3 christos insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
2904 1.1.1.3 christos }
2905 1.1.1.3 christos return insn;
2906 1.1.1.2 christos }
2907 1.1 christos
2908 1.1.1.3 christos /* Apply a fixup to the object code. At this point all symbol values
2909 1.1.1.3 christos should be fully resolved, and we attempt to completely resolve the
2910 1.1.1.3 christos reloc. If we can not do that, we determine the correct reloc code
2911 1.1.1.3 christos and put it back in the fixup. To indicate that a fixup has been
2912 1.1.1.3 christos eliminated, set fixP->fx_done. */
2913 1.1 christos
2914 1.1.1.3 christos void
2915 1.1.1.3 christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP,
2916 1.1.1.3 christos valueT *valP,
2917 1.1.1.3 christos segT seg)
2918 1.1.1.2 christos {
2919 1.1.1.3 christos char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
2920 1.1.1.3 christos valueT value = *valP;
2921 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned insn = 0;
2922 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *fx_addsy, *fx_subsy;
2923 1.1.1.3 christos offsetT fx_offset;
2924 1.1.1.3 christos segT add_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
2925 1.1.1.3 christos segT sub_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
2926 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand *operand = NULL;
2927 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
2928 1.1 christos
2929 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
2930 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
2931 1.1.1.3 christos ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
2932 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
2933 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_offset);
2934 1.1.1.2 christos
2935 1.1.1.3 christos fx_addsy = fixP->fx_addsy;
2936 1.1.1.3 christos fx_subsy = fixP->fx_subsy;
2937 1.1.1.3 christos fx_offset = 0;
2938 1.1.1.2 christos
2939 1.1.1.3 christos if (fx_addsy)
2940 1.1.1.3 christos {
2941 1.1.1.3 christos add_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy);
2942 1.1.1.3 christos }
2943 1.1.1.2 christos
2944 1.1.1.3 christos if (fx_subsy
2945 1.1.1.3 christos && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF
2946 1.1.1.3 christos && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9
2947 1.1.1.3 christos && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
2948 1.1.1.3 christos {
2949 1.1.1.3 christos resolve_symbol_value (fx_subsy);
2950 1.1.1.3 christos sub_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_subsy);
2951 1.1.1.2 christos
2952 1.1.1.3 christos if (sub_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
2953 1.1.1.3 christos {
2954 1.1.1.3 christos /* The symbol is really a constant. */
2955 1.1.1.3 christos fx_offset -= S_GET_VALUE (fx_subsy);
2956 1.1.1.3 christos fx_subsy = NULL;
2957 1.1.1.3 christos }
2958 1.1.1.3 christos else
2959 1.1.1.3 christos {
2960 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad_subtract (fixP);
2961 1.1.1.3 christos return;
2962 1.1.1.3 christos }
2963 1.1.1.3 christos }
2964 1.1.1.2 christos
2965 1.1.1.3 christos if (fx_addsy
2966 1.1.1.3 christos && !S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy))
2967 1.1.1.2 christos {
2968 1.1.1.3 christos if (add_symbol_segment == seg
2969 1.1.1.3 christos && fixP->fx_pcrel)
2970 1.1.1.2 christos {
2971 1.1.1.3 christos value += S_GET_VALUE (fx_addsy);
2972 1.1.1.3 christos value -= md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
2973 1.1.1.3 christos fx_addsy = NULL;
2974 1.1.1.6 christos fixP->fx_pcrel = false;
2975 1.1.1.2 christos }
2976 1.1.1.3 christos else if (add_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
2977 1.1.1.3 christos {
2978 1.1.1.3 christos value = fixP->fx_offset;
2979 1.1.1.3 christos fx_offset += S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy);
2980 1.1.1.3 christos fx_addsy = NULL;
2981 1.1.1.6 christos fixP->fx_pcrel = false;
2982 1.1.1.3 christos }
2983 1.1.1.3 christos }
2984 1.1 christos
2985 1.1.1.3 christos if (!fx_addsy)
2986 1.1.1.6 christos fixP->fx_done = true;
2987 1.1.1.2 christos
2988 1.1.1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
2989 1.1.1.3 christos {
2990 1.1.1.3 christos if (fx_addsy
2991 1.1.1.3 christos && ((S_IS_DEFINED (fx_addsy)
2992 1.1.1.3 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy) != seg)
2993 1.1.1.3 christos || S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy)))
2994 1.1.1.3 christos value += md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
2995 1.1.1.2 christos
2996 1.1.1.3 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
2997 1.1.1.3 christos {
2998 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
2999 1.1.1.3 christos /* This is a pc-relative value in a LIMM. Adjust it to the
3000 1.1.1.3 christos address of the instruction not to the address of the
3001 1.1.1.4 christos LIMM. Note: it is not any longer valid this affirmation as
3002 1.1.1.3 christos the linker consider ARC_PC32 a fixup to entire 64 bit
3003 1.1.1.3 christos insn. */
3004 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
3005 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
3006 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
3007 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32;
3008 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
3009 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
3010 1.1.1.3 christos /* fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_where - fixP->fx_dot_value; */
3011 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3012 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3013 1.1.1.3 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
3014 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3015 1.1.1.4 christos _("PC relative relocation not allowed for (internal)"
3016 1.1.1.4 christos " type %d"),
3017 1.1.1.4 christos fixP->fx_r_type);
3018 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3019 1.1.1.3 christos }
3020 1.1.1.2 christos }
3021 1.1.1.2 christos
3022 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
3023 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
3024 1.1.1.3 christos ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
3025 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
3026 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_offset);
3027 1.1.1.2 christos
3028 1.1.1.2 christos
3029 1.1.1.3 christos /* Now check for TLS relocations. */
3030 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
3031 1.1.1.3 christos switch (reloc)
3032 1.1.1.2 christos {
3033 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
3034 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
3035 1.1.1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_done)
3036 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3037 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
3038 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT:
3039 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT:
3040 1.1.1.3 christos S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
3041 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3042 1.1.1.2 christos
3043 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD:
3044 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_offset);
3045 1.1.1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_subsy)
3046 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_offset
3047 1.1.1.3 christos = (S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_subsy)
3048 1.1.1.3 christos - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address- fixP->fx_where);
3049 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_subsy = NULL;
3050 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
3051 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
3052 1.1.1.3 christos /* These two relocs are there just to allow ld to change the tls
3053 1.1.1.3 christos model for this symbol, by patching the code. The offset -
3054 1.1.1.3 christos and scale, if any - will be installed by the linker. */
3055 1.1.1.3 christos S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
3056 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3057 1.1 christos
3058 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9:
3059 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9:
3060 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
3061 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3062 1.1.1.2 christos
3063 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3064 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3065 1.1.1.3 christos }
3066 1.1.1.2 christos
3067 1.1.1.3 christos if (!fixP->fx_done)
3068 1.1.1.3 christos {
3069 1.1.1.3 christos return;
3070 1.1.1.3 christos }
3071 1.1.1.2 christos
3072 1.1.1.4 christos /* Adjust the value if we have a constant. */
3073 1.1.1.3 christos value += fx_offset;
3074 1.1.1.2 christos
3075 1.1.1.3 christos /* For hosts with longs bigger than 32-bits make sure that the top
3076 1.1.1.3 christos bits of a 32-bit negative value read in by the parser are set,
3077 1.1.1.3 christos so that the correct comparisons are made. */
3078 1.1.1.3 christos if (value & 0x80000000)
3079 1.1.1.3 christos value |= (-1UL << 31);
3080 1.1.1.2 christos
3081 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
3082 1.1.1.3 christos switch (reloc)
3083 1.1.1.2 christos {
3084 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_8:
3085 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_16:
3086 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_24:
3087 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
3088 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_64:
3089 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL:
3090 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
3091 1.1.1.3 christos return;
3092 1.1.1.2 christos
3093 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
3094 1.1.1.3 christos /* I cannot fix an GOTPC relocation because I need to relax it
3095 1.1.1.3 christos from ld rx,[pcl,@sym@gotpc] to add rx,pcl,@sym@gotpc. */
3096 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Unsupported operation on reloc"));
3097 1.1.1.3 christos return;
3098 1.1.1.2 christos
3099 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
3100 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
3101 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_addsy);
3102 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_subsy);
3103 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fall through. */
3104 1.1.1.2 christos
3105 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF:
3106 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
3107 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
3108 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
3109 1.1.1.3 christos return;
3110 1.1.1.2 christos
3111 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
3112 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
3113 1.1.1.3 christos return;
3114 1.1.1.2 christos
3115 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
3116 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
3117 1.1.1.3 christos goto solve_plt;
3118 1.1.1.2 christos
3119 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
3120 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL;
3121 1.1.1.3 christos goto solve_plt;
3122 1.1.1.2 christos
3123 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
3124 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
3125 1.1.1.3 christos goto solve_plt;
3126 1.1.1.2 christos
3127 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
3128 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL;
3129 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fall through. */
3130 1.1.1.2 christos
3131 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
3132 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
3133 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
3134 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
3135 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
3136 1.1.1.3 christos solve_plt:
3137 1.1.1.3 christos operand = find_operand_for_reloc (reloc);
3138 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (operand);
3139 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3140 1.1.1.2 christos
3141 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3142 1.1.1.3 christos {
3143 1.1.1.3 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
3144 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
3145 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
3146 1.1.1.2 christos
3147 1.1.1.3 christos /* The rest of these fixups needs to be completely resolved as
3148 1.1.1.3 christos constants. */
3149 1.1.1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
3150 1.1.1.3 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
3151 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3152 1.1.1.3 christos _("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
3153 1.1.1.3 christos
3154 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) arc_num_operands);
3155 1.1.1.3 christos operand = &arc_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
3156 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3157 1.1.1.3 christos }
3158 1.1.1.2 christos }
3159 1.1.1.2 christos
3160 1.1.1.3 christos if (target_big_endian)
3161 1.1.1.3 christos {
3162 1.1.1.3 christos switch (fixP->fx_size)
3163 1.1.1.3 christos {
3164 1.1.1.3 christos case 4:
3165 1.1.1.3 christos insn = bfd_getb32 (fixpos);
3166 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3167 1.1.1.3 christos case 2:
3168 1.1.1.3 christos insn = bfd_getb16 (fixpos);
3169 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3170 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3171 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3172 1.1.1.3 christos _("unknown fixup size"));
3173 1.1.1.3 christos }
3174 1.1.1.3 christos }
3175 1.1.1.3 christos else
3176 1.1.1.3 christos {
3177 1.1.1.3 christos insn = 0;
3178 1.1.1.3 christos switch (fixP->fx_size)
3179 1.1.1.3 christos {
3180 1.1.1.3 christos case 4:
3181 1.1.1.3 christos insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos) << 16 | bfd_getl16 (fixpos + 2);
3182 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3183 1.1.1.3 christos case 2:
3184 1.1.1.3 christos insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos);
3185 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3186 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3187 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3188 1.1.1.3 christos _("unknown fixup size"));
3189 1.1.1.3 christos }
3190 1.1.1.3 christos }
3191 1.1.1.2 christos
3192 1.1.1.3 christos insn = insert_operand (insn, operand, (offsetT) value,
3193 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
3194 1.1.1.2 christos
3195 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, insn, fixP->fx_size);
3196 1.1.1.3 christos }
3197 1.1.1.2 christos
3198 1.1.1.3 christos /* Prepare machine-dependent frags for relaxation.
3199 1.1.1.2 christos
3200 1.1.1.3 christos Called just before relaxation starts. Any symbol that is now undefined
3201 1.1.1.3 christos will not become defined.
3202 1.1.1.2 christos
3203 1.1.1.3 christos Return the correct fr_subtype in the frag.
3204 1.1.1.2 christos
3205 1.1.1.3 christos Return the initial "guess for fr_var" to caller. The guess for fr_var
3206 1.1.1.3 christos is *actually* the growth beyond fr_fix. Whatever we do to grow fr_fix
3207 1.1.1.3 christos or fr_var contributes to our returned value.
3208 1.1.1.2 christos
3209 1.1.1.3 christos Although it may not be explicit in the frag, pretend
3210 1.1.1.3 christos fr_var starts with a value. */
3211 1.1.1.2 christos
3212 1.1.1.3 christos int
3213 1.1.1.3 christos md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP,
3214 1.1.1.3 christos segT segment)
3215 1.1.1.2 christos {
3216 1.1.1.3 christos int growth;
3217 1.1.1.3 christos
3218 1.1.1.3 christos /* If the symbol is not located within the same section AND it's not
3219 1.1.1.3 christos an absolute section, use the maximum. OR if the symbol is a
3220 1.1.1.3 christos constant AND the insn is by nature not pc-rel, use the maximum.
3221 1.1.1.3 christos OR if the symbol is being equated against another symbol, use the
3222 1.1.1.3 christos maximum. OR if the symbol is weak use the maximum. */
3223 1.1.1.3 christos if ((S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != segment
3224 1.1.1.3 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != absolute_section)
3225 1.1.1.3 christos || (symbol_constant_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
3226 1.1.1.3 christos && !fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
3227 1.1.1.3 christos || symbol_equated_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
3228 1.1.1.3 christos || S_IS_WEAK (fragP->fr_symbol))
3229 1.1.1.3 christos {
3230 1.1.1.3 christos while (md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_more != ARC_RLX_NONE)
3231 1.1.1.3 christos ++fragP->fr_subtype;
3232 1.1.1.3 christos }
3233 1.1.1.2 christos
3234 1.1.1.3 christos growth = md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_length;
3235 1.1.1.3 christos fragP->fr_var = growth;
3236 1.1.1.2 christos
3237 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_estimate_size_before_relax: %d\n",
3238 1.1.1.3 christos fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line, growth);
3239 1.1.1.2 christos
3240 1.1.1.3 christos return growth;
3241 1.1.1.2 christos }
3242 1.1.1.2 christos
3243 1.1.1.3 christos /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
3244 1.1.1.3 christos format. */
3245 1.1.1.2 christos
3246 1.1.1.3 christos arelent *
3247 1.1.1.3 christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3248 1.1.1.3 christos fixS *fixP)
3249 1.1.1.2 christos {
3250 1.1.1.3 christos arelent *reloc;
3251 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
3252 1.1.1.2 christos
3253 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = XNEW (arelent);
3254 1.1.1.3 christos reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
3255 1.1.1.3 christos *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_addsy);
3256 1.1.1.3 christos reloc->address = fixP->fx_frag->fr_address + fixP->fx_where;
3257 1.1.1.2 christos
3258 1.1.1.3 christos /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
3259 1.1.1.3 christos They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
3260 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert ((int) fixP->fx_r_type > 0);
3261 1.1.1.2 christos
3262 1.1.1.3 christos code = fixP->fx_r_type;
3263 1.1.1.2 christos
3264 1.1.1.3 christos /* if we have something like add gp, pcl,
3265 1.1.1.3 christos _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_@gotpc. */
3266 1.1.1.3 christos if (code == BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32
3267 1.1.1.3 christos && GOT_symbol
3268 1.1.1.3 christos && fixP->fx_addsy == GOT_symbol)
3269 1.1.1.3 christos code = BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC;
3270 1.1.1.2 christos
3271 1.1.1.3 christos reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
3272 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc->howto == NULL)
3273 1.1.1.3 christos {
3274 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3275 1.1.1.3 christos _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
3276 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
3277 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
3278 1.1.1.3 christos }
3279 1.1.1.2 christos
3280 1.1.1.3 christos if (!fixP->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
3281 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
3282 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
3283 1.1.1.3 christos
3284 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
3285 1.1.1.3 christos
3286 1.1.1.4 christos reloc->addend = fixP->fx_offset;
3287 1.1.1.3 christos
3288 1.1.1.3 christos return reloc;
3289 1.1.1.2 christos }
3290 1.1.1.2 christos
3291 1.1.1.3 christos /* Perform post-processing of machine-dependent frags after relaxation.
3292 1.1.1.3 christos Called after relaxation is finished.
3293 1.1.1.3 christos In: Address of frag.
3294 1.1.1.3 christos fr_type == rs_machine_dependent.
3295 1.1.1.3 christos fr_subtype is what the address relaxed to.
3296 1.1.1.2 christos
3297 1.1.1.3 christos Out: Any fixS:s and constants are set up. */
3298 1.1.1.3 christos
3299 1.1.1.3 christos void
3300 1.1.1.3 christos md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3301 1.1.1.3 christos segT segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3302 1.1.1.3 christos fragS *fragP)
3303 1.1.1.2 christos {
3304 1.1.1.3 christos const relax_typeS *table_entry;
3305 1.1.1.3 christos char *dest;
3306 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
3307 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_insn insn;
3308 1.1.1.3 christos int size, fix;
3309 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_relax_type *relax_arg = &fragP->tc_frag_data;
3310 1.1.1.3 christos
3311 1.1.1.5 christos fix = fragP->fr_fix;
3312 1.1.1.3 christos dest = fragP->fr_literal + fix;
3313 1.1.1.3 christos table_entry = TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE + fragP->fr_subtype;
3314 1.1.1.2 christos
3315 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_convert_frag, subtype: %d, fix: %d, "
3316 1.1.1.7 christos "var: %" PRId64 "\n",
3317 1.1.1.3 christos fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
3318 1.1.1.7 christos fragP->fr_subtype, fix, (int64_t) fragP->fr_var);
3319 1.1.1.2 christos
3320 1.1.1.3 christos if (fragP->fr_subtype <= 0
3321 1.1.1.3 christos && fragP->fr_subtype >= arc_num_relax_opcodes)
3322 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("no relaxation found for this instruction."));
3323 1.1.1.2 christos
3324 1.1.1.3 christos opcode = &arc_relax_opcodes[fragP->fr_subtype];
3325 1.1.1.2 christos
3326 1.1.1.3 christos assemble_insn (opcode, relax_arg->tok, relax_arg->ntok, relax_arg->pflags,
3327 1.1.1.3 christos relax_arg->nflg, &insn);
3328 1.1.1.2 christos
3329 1.1.1.3 christos apply_fixups (&insn, fragP, fix);
3330 1.1.1.2 christos
3331 1.1.1.4 christos size = insn.len + (insn.has_limm ? 4 : 0);
3332 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (table_entry->rlx_length == size);
3333 1.1.1.6 christos emit_insn0 (&insn, dest, true);
3334 1.1.1.2 christos
3335 1.1.1.3 christos fragP->fr_fix += table_entry->rlx_length;
3336 1.1.1.3 christos fragP->fr_var = 0;
3337 1.1.1.3 christos }
3338 1.1.1.3 christos
3339 1.1.1.3 christos /* We have no need to default values of symbols. We could catch
3340 1.1.1.3 christos register names here, but that is handled by inserting them all in
3341 1.1.1.3 christos the symbol table to begin with. */
3342 1.1.1.3 christos
3343 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *
3344 1.1.1.3 christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
3345 1.1.1.3 christos {
3346 1.1.1.3 christos /* The arc abi demands that a GOT[0] should be referencible as
3347 1.1.1.3 christos [pc+_DYNAMIC@gotpc]. Hence we convert a _DYNAMIC@gotpc to a
3348 1.1.1.3 christos GOTPC reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3349 1.1.1.3 christos if (((*name == '_')
3350 1.1.1.3 christos && (*(name+1) == 'G')
3351 1.1.1.4 christos && (strcmp (name, GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME) == 0)))
3352 1.1.1.3 christos {
3353 1.1.1.3 christos if (!GOT_symbol)
3354 1.1.1.2 christos {
3355 1.1.1.3 christos if (symbol_find (name))
3356 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad ("GOT already in symbol table");
3357 1.1.1.2 christos
3358 1.1.1.3 christos GOT_symbol = symbol_new (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME, undefined_section,
3359 1.1.1.6 christos &zero_address_frag, 0);
3360 1.1.1.3 christos };
3361 1.1.1.3 christos return GOT_symbol;
3362 1.1.1.3 christos }
3363 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
3364 1.1.1.3 christos }
3365 1.1.1.2 christos
3366 1.1.1.3 christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
3367 1.1.1.3 christos of type type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number
3368 1.1.1.3 christos of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *sizeP. An error message is
3369 1.1.1.3 christos returned, or NULL on OK. */
3370 1.1.1.2 christos
3371 1.1.1.3 christos const char *
3372 1.1.1.3 christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
3373 1.1.1.3 christos {
3374 1.1.1.3 christos return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, target_big_endian);
3375 1.1.1.3 christos }
3376 1.1.1.2 christos
3377 1.1.1.3 christos /* Called for any expression that can not be recognized. When the
3378 1.1.1.3 christos function is called, `input_line_pointer' will point to the start of
3379 1.1.1.5 christos the expression. We use it when we have complex operations like
3380 1.1.1.5 christos @label1 - @label2. */
3381 1.1.1.2 christos
3382 1.1.1.3 christos void
3383 1.1.1.5 christos md_operand (expressionS *expressionP)
3384 1.1.1.3 christos {
3385 1.1.1.3 christos char *p = input_line_pointer;
3386 1.1.1.3 christos if (*p == '@')
3387 1.1.1.3 christos {
3388 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
3389 1.1.1.3 christos expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
3390 1.1.1.5 christos expressionP->X_md = O_absent;
3391 1.1.1.3 christos expression (expressionP);
3392 1.1.1.3 christos }
3393 1.1.1.3 christos }
3394 1.1.1.2 christos
3395 1.1.1.3 christos /* This function is called from the function 'expression', it attempts
3396 1.1.1.3 christos to parse special names (in our case register names). It fills in
3397 1.1.1.3 christos the expression with the identified register. It returns TRUE if
3398 1.1.1.3 christos it is a register and FALSE otherwise. */
3399 1.1.1.3 christos
3400 1.1.1.6 christos bool
3401 1.1.1.3 christos arc_parse_name (const char *name,
3402 1.1.1.3 christos struct expressionS *e)
3403 1.1.1.3 christos {
3404 1.1.1.3 christos struct symbol *sym;
3405 1.1.1.3 christos
3406 1.1.1.3 christos if (!assembling_insn)
3407 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3408 1.1.1.2 christos
3409 1.1.1.5 christos if (e->X_op == O_symbol
3410 1.1.1.5 christos && e->X_md == O_absent)
3411 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3412 1.1.1.2 christos
3413 1.1.1.6 christos sym = str_hash_find (arc_reg_hash, name);
3414 1.1.1.3 christos if (sym)
3415 1.1.1.3 christos {
3416 1.1.1.3 christos e->X_op = O_register;
3417 1.1.1.3 christos e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
3418 1.1.1.6 christos return true;
3419 1.1.1.3 christos }
3420 1.1.1.4 christos
3421 1.1.1.6 christos sym = str_hash_find (arc_addrtype_hash, name);
3422 1.1.1.4 christos if (sym)
3423 1.1.1.4 christos {
3424 1.1.1.4 christos e->X_op = O_addrtype;
3425 1.1.1.4 christos e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
3426 1.1.1.6 christos return true;
3427 1.1.1.4 christos }
3428 1.1.1.4 christos
3429 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3430 1.1.1.3 christos }
3431 1.1.1.2 christos
3432 1.1.1.3 christos /* md_parse_option
3433 1.1.1.3 christos Invocation line includes a switch not recognized by the base assembler.
3434 1.1.1.3 christos See if it's a processor-specific option.
3435 1.1.1.2 christos
3436 1.1.1.3 christos New options (supported) are:
3437 1.1.1.2 christos
3438 1.1.1.3 christos -mcpu=<cpu name> Assemble for selected processor
3439 1.1.1.3 christos -EB/-mbig-endian Big-endian
3440 1.1.1.3 christos -EL/-mlittle-endian Little-endian
3441 1.1.1.3 christos -mrelax Enable relaxation
3442 1.1.1.2 christos
3443 1.1.1.3 christos The following CPU names are recognized:
3444 1.1.1.3 christos arc600, arc700, arcem, archs, nps400. */
3445 1.1.1.2 christos
3446 1.1.1.3 christos int
3447 1.1.1.3 christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3448 1.1.1.3 christos {
3449 1.1.1.3 christos switch (c)
3450 1.1.1.3 christos {
3451 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_ARC600:
3452 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_ARC601:
3453 1.1.1.3 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc600");
3454 1.1.1.2 christos
3455 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_ARC700:
3456 1.1.1.3 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc700");
3457 1.1.1.2 christos
3458 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_ARCEM:
3459 1.1.1.3 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arcem");
3460 1.1.1.2 christos
3461 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_ARCHS:
3462 1.1.1.3 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "archs");
3463 1.1.1.2 christos
3464 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_MCPU:
3465 1.1.1.3 christos {
3466 1.1.1.4 christos arc_select_cpu (arg, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE);
3467 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3468 1.1.1.3 christos }
3469 1.1.1.2 christos
3470 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_EB:
3471 1.1.1.3 christos arc_target_format = "elf32-bigarc";
3472 1.1.1.3 christos byte_order = BIG_ENDIAN;
3473 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3474 1.1.1.2 christos
3475 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_EL:
3476 1.1.1.3 christos arc_target_format = "elf32-littlearc";
3477 1.1.1.3 christos byte_order = LITTLE_ENDIAN;
3478 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3479 1.1.1.2 christos
3480 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_CD:
3481 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.features |= CD;
3482 1.1.1.4 christos cl_features |= CD;
3483 1.1.1.4 christos arc_check_feature ();
3484 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3485 1.1.1.2 christos
3486 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_RELAX:
3487 1.1.1.3 christos relaxation_state = 1;
3488 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3489 1.1.1.2 christos
3490 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_NPS400:
3491 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.features |= NPS400;
3492 1.1.1.4 christos cl_features |= NPS400;
3493 1.1.1.4 christos arc_check_feature ();
3494 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3495 1.1.1.2 christos
3496 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_SPFP:
3497 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.features |= SPX;
3498 1.1.1.4 christos cl_features |= SPX;
3499 1.1.1.4 christos arc_check_feature ();
3500 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3501 1.1.1.2 christos
3502 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_DPFP:
3503 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.features |= DPX;
3504 1.1.1.4 christos cl_features |= DPX;
3505 1.1.1.4 christos arc_check_feature ();
3506 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3507 1.1.1.2 christos
3508 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_FPUDA:
3509 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.features |= DPA;
3510 1.1.1.4 christos cl_features |= DPA;
3511 1.1.1.4 christos arc_check_feature ();
3512 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3513 1.1.1.2 christos
3514 1.1.1.3 christos /* Dummy options are accepted but have no effect. */
3515 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_USER_MODE:
3516 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK:
3517 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_SWAP:
3518 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_NORM:
3519 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT:
3520 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_MIN_MAX:
3521 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_NO_MPY:
3522 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_EA:
3523 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_MUL64:
3524 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_SIMD:
3525 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_XMAC_D16:
3526 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_XMAC_24:
3527 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_DSP_PACKA:
3528 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_CRC:
3529 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_DVBF:
3530 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_TELEPHONY:
3531 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_XYMEMORY:
3532 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_LOCK:
3533 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_SWAPE:
3534 1.1.1.3 christos case OPTION_RTSC:
3535 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3536 1.1.1.2 christos
3537 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3538 1.1.1.3 christos return 0;
3539 1.1.1.2 christos }
3540 1.1.1.2 christos
3541 1.1.1.3 christos return 1;
3542 1.1.1.3 christos }
3543 1.1.1.3 christos
3544 1.1.1.4 christos /* Display the list of cpu names for use in the help text. */
3545 1.1.1.4 christos
3546 1.1.1.4 christos static void
3547 1.1.1.4 christos arc_show_cpu_list (FILE *stream)
3548 1.1.1.4 christos {
3549 1.1.1.4 christos int i, offset;
3550 1.1.1.4 christos static const char *space_buf = " ";
3551 1.1.1.4 christos
3552 1.1.1.4 christos fprintf (stream, "%s", space_buf);
3553 1.1.1.4 christos offset = strlen (space_buf);
3554 1.1.1.4 christos for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name != NULL; ++i)
3555 1.1.1.4 christos {
3556 1.1.1.6 christos bool last = (cpu_types[i + 1].name == NULL);
3557 1.1.1.4 christos
3558 1.1.1.4 christos /* If displaying the new cpu name string, and the ', ' (for all
3559 1.1.1.4 christos but the last one) will take us past a target width of 80
3560 1.1.1.4 christos characters, then it's time for a new line. */
3561 1.1.1.4 christos if (offset + strlen (cpu_types[i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2) > 80)
3562 1.1.1.4 christos {
3563 1.1.1.4 christos fprintf (stream, "\n%s", space_buf);
3564 1.1.1.4 christos offset = strlen (space_buf);
3565 1.1.1.4 christos }
3566 1.1.1.4 christos
3567 1.1.1.4 christos fprintf (stream, "%s%s", cpu_types[i].name, (last ? "\n" : ", "));
3568 1.1.1.4 christos offset += strlen (cpu_types [i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2);
3569 1.1.1.4 christos }
3570 1.1.1.4 christos }
3571 1.1.1.4 christos
3572 1.1.1.3 christos void
3573 1.1.1.3 christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
3574 1.1.1.3 christos {
3575 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, _("ARC-specific assembler options:\n"));
3576 1.1.1.3 christos
3577 1.1.1.4 christos fprintf (stream, " -mcpu=<cpu name>\t (default: %s), assemble for"
3578 1.1.1.4 christos " CPU <cpu name>, one of:\n", TARGET_WITH_CPU);
3579 1.1.1.4 christos arc_show_cpu_list (stream);
3580 1.1.1.4 christos fprintf (stream, "\n");
3581 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, " -mA6/-mARC600/-mARC601 same as -mcpu=arc600\n");
3582 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, " -mA7/-mARC700\t\t same as -mcpu=arc700\n");
3583 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, " -mEM\t\t\t same as -mcpu=arcem\n");
3584 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, " -mHS\t\t\t same as -mcpu=archs\n");
3585 1.1.1.3 christos
3586 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, " -mnps400\t\t enable NPS-400 extended instructions\n");
3587 1.1.1.4 christos fprintf (stream, " -mspfp\t\t enable single-precision floating point"
3588 1.1.1.4 christos " instructions\n");
3589 1.1.1.4 christos fprintf (stream, " -mdpfp\t\t enable double-precision floating point"
3590 1.1.1.4 christos " instructions\n");
3591 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, " -mfpuda\t\t enable double-precision assist floating "
3592 1.1.1.3 christos "point\n\t\t\t instructions for ARC EM\n");
3593 1.1.1.3 christos
3594 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream,
3595 1.1.1.3 christos " -mcode-density\t enable code density option for ARC EM\n");
3596 1.1.1.3 christos
3597 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, _("\
3598 1.1.1.3 christos -EB assemble code for a big-endian cpu\n"));
3599 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, _("\
3600 1.1.1.3 christos -EL assemble code for a little-endian cpu\n"));
3601 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, _("\
3602 1.1.1.3 christos -mrelax enable relaxation\n"));
3603 1.1.1.3 christos
3604 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, _("The following ARC-specific assembler options are "
3605 1.1.1.3 christos "deprecated and are accepted\nfor compatibility only:\n"));
3606 1.1.1.2 christos
3607 1.1.1.3 christos fprintf (stream, _(" -mEA\n"
3608 1.1.1.3 christos " -mbarrel-shifter\n"
3609 1.1.1.3 christos " -mbarrel_shifter\n"
3610 1.1.1.3 christos " -mcrc\n"
3611 1.1.1.3 christos " -mdsp-packa\n"
3612 1.1.1.3 christos " -mdsp_packa\n"
3613 1.1.1.3 christos " -mdvbf\n"
3614 1.1.1.3 christos " -mld-extension-reg-mask\n"
3615 1.1.1.3 christos " -mlock\n"
3616 1.1.1.3 christos " -mmac-24\n"
3617 1.1.1.3 christos " -mmac-d16\n"
3618 1.1.1.3 christos " -mmac_24\n"
3619 1.1.1.3 christos " -mmac_d16\n"
3620 1.1.1.3 christos " -mmin-max\n"
3621 1.1.1.3 christos " -mmin_max\n"
3622 1.1.1.3 christos " -mmul64\n"
3623 1.1.1.3 christos " -mno-mpy\n"
3624 1.1.1.3 christos " -mnorm\n"
3625 1.1.1.3 christos " -mrtsc\n"
3626 1.1.1.3 christos " -msimd\n"
3627 1.1.1.3 christos " -mswap\n"
3628 1.1.1.3 christos " -mswape\n"
3629 1.1.1.3 christos " -mtelephony\n"
3630 1.1.1.3 christos " -muser-mode-only\n"
3631 1.1.1.3 christos " -mxy\n"));
3632 1.1.1.2 christos }
3633 1.1.1.2 christos
3634 1.1.1.2 christos /* Find the proper relocation for the given opcode. */
3635 1.1.1.2 christos
3636 1.1.1.2 christos static extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type
3637 1.1.1.2 christos find_reloc (const char *name,
3638 1.1.1.2 christos const char *opcodename,
3639 1.1.1.2 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3640 1.1.1.2 christos int nflg,
3641 1.1.1.2 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
3642 1.1.1.2 christos {
3643 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned int i;
3644 1.1.1.2 christos int j;
3645 1.1.1.6 christos bool found_flag, tmp;
3646 1.1.1.2 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type ret = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3647 1.1.1.2 christos
3648 1.1.1.2 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_equiv_tab; i++)
3649 1.1.1.2 christos {
3650 1.1.1.2 christos const struct arc_reloc_equiv_tab *r = &arc_reloc_equiv[i];
3651 1.1.1.2 christos
3652 1.1.1.2 christos /* Find the entry. */
3653 1.1.1.2 christos if (strcmp (name, r->name))
3654 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3655 1.1.1.2 christos if (r->mnemonic && (strcmp (r->mnemonic, opcodename)))
3656 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3657 1.1.1.3 christos if (r->flags[0])
3658 1.1.1.2 christos {
3659 1.1.1.2 christos if (!nflg)
3660 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3661 1.1.1.6 christos found_flag = false;
3662 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned * psflg = (unsigned *)r->flags;
3663 1.1.1.3 christos do
3664 1.1.1.3 christos {
3665 1.1.1.6 christos tmp = false;
3666 1.1.1.3 christos for (j = 0; j < nflg; j++)
3667 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (pflags[j].name,
3668 1.1.1.3 christos arc_flag_operands[*psflg].name))
3669 1.1.1.3 christos {
3670 1.1.1.6 christos tmp = true;
3671 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3672 1.1.1.3 christos }
3673 1.1.1.3 christos if (!tmp)
3674 1.1.1.3 christos {
3675 1.1.1.6 christos found_flag = false;
3676 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3677 1.1.1.3 christos }
3678 1.1.1.3 christos else
3679 1.1.1.3 christos {
3680 1.1.1.6 christos found_flag = true;
3681 1.1.1.3 christos }
3682 1.1.1.3 christos ++ psflg;
3683 1.1.1.3 christos } while (*psflg);
3684 1.1.1.3 christos
3685 1.1.1.2 christos if (!found_flag)
3686 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3687 1.1.1.2 christos }
3688 1.1.1.2 christos
3689 1.1.1.2 christos if (reloc != r->oldreloc)
3690 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3691 1.1.1.2 christos /* Found it. */
3692 1.1.1.2 christos ret = r->newreloc;
3693 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3694 1.1.1.2 christos }
3695 1.1.1.2 christos
3696 1.1.1.2 christos if (ret == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
3697 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("Unable to find %s relocation for instruction %s"),
3698 1.1.1.2 christos name, opcodename);
3699 1.1.1.2 christos return ret;
3700 1.1.1.2 christos }
3701 1.1.1.2 christos
3702 1.1.1.3 christos /* All the symbol types that are allowed to be used for
3703 1.1.1.3 christos relaxation. */
3704 1.1.1.3 christos
3705 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
3706 1.1.1.3 christos may_relax_expr (expressionS tok)
3707 1.1.1.3 christos {
3708 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if we have unrelaxable relocs. */
3709 1.1.1.3 christos switch (tok.X_md)
3710 1.1.1.3 christos {
3711 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3712 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3713 1.1.1.3 christos case O_plt:
3714 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3715 1.1.1.3 christos }
3716 1.1.1.3 christos
3717 1.1.1.3 christos switch (tok.X_op)
3718 1.1.1.3 christos {
3719 1.1.1.3 christos case O_symbol:
3720 1.1.1.3 christos case O_multiply:
3721 1.1.1.3 christos case O_divide:
3722 1.1.1.3 christos case O_modulus:
3723 1.1.1.3 christos case O_add:
3724 1.1.1.3 christos case O_subtract:
3725 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3726 1.1.1.3 christos
3727 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3728 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3729 1.1.1.3 christos }
3730 1.1.1.6 christos return true;
3731 1.1.1.3 christos }
3732 1.1.1.3 christos
3733 1.1.1.3 christos /* Checks if flags are in line with relaxable insn. */
3734 1.1.1.3 christos
3735 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
3736 1.1.1.3 christos relaxable_flag (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
3737 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3738 1.1.1.3 christos int nflgs)
3739 1.1.1.3 christos {
3740 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned flag_class,
3741 1.1.1.3 christos flag,
3742 1.1.1.3 christos flag_class_idx = 0,
3743 1.1.1.3 christos flag_idx = 0;
3744 1.1.1.3 christos
3745 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flag_operand *flag_opand;
3746 1.1.1.3 christos int i, counttrue = 0;
3747 1.1.1.3 christos
3748 1.1.1.3 christos /* Iterate through flags classes. */
3749 1.1.1.3 christos while ((flag_class = ins->flag_classes[flag_class_idx]) != 0)
3750 1.1.1.3 christos {
3751 1.1.1.3 christos /* Iterate through flags in flag class. */
3752 1.1.1.3 christos while ((flag = arc_flag_classes[flag_class].flags[flag_idx])
3753 1.1.1.3 christos != 0)
3754 1.1.1.3 christos {
3755 1.1.1.3 christos flag_opand = &arc_flag_operands[flag];
3756 1.1.1.3 christos /* Iterate through flags in ins to compare. */
3757 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; ++i)
3758 1.1.1.3 christos {
3759 1.1.1.3 christos if (strcmp (flag_opand->name, pflags[i].name) == 0)
3760 1.1.1.3 christos ++counttrue;
3761 1.1.1.3 christos }
3762 1.1.1.3 christos
3763 1.1.1.3 christos ++flag_idx;
3764 1.1.1.3 christos }
3765 1.1.1.3 christos
3766 1.1.1.3 christos ++flag_class_idx;
3767 1.1.1.3 christos flag_idx = 0;
3768 1.1.1.3 christos }
3769 1.1.1.3 christos
3770 1.1.1.3 christos /* If counttrue == nflgs, then all flags have been found. */
3771 1.1.1.6 christos return counttrue == nflgs;
3772 1.1.1.3 christos }
3773 1.1.1.3 christos
3774 1.1.1.3 christos /* Checks if operands are in line with relaxable insn. */
3775 1.1.1.3 christos
3776 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
3777 1.1.1.3 christos relaxable_operand (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
3778 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *tok,
3779 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok)
3780 1.1.1.3 christos {
3781 1.1.1.3 christos const enum rlx_operand_type *operand = &ins->operands[0];
3782 1.1.1.3 christos int i = 0;
3783 1.1.1.3 christos
3784 1.1.1.3 christos while (*operand != EMPTY)
3785 1.1.1.3 christos {
3786 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *epr = &tok[i];
3787 1.1.1.3 christos
3788 1.1.1.3 christos if (i != 0 && i >= ntok)
3789 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3790 1.1.1.3 christos
3791 1.1.1.3 christos switch (*operand)
3792 1.1.1.3 christos {
3793 1.1.1.3 christos case IMMEDIATE:
3794 1.1.1.3 christos if (!(epr->X_op == O_multiply
3795 1.1.1.3 christos || epr->X_op == O_divide
3796 1.1.1.3 christos || epr->X_op == O_modulus
3797 1.1.1.3 christos || epr->X_op == O_add
3798 1.1.1.3 christos || epr->X_op == O_subtract
3799 1.1.1.3 christos || epr->X_op == O_symbol))
3800 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3801 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3802 1.1.1.3 christos
3803 1.1.1.3 christos case REGISTER_DUP:
3804 1.1.1.3 christos if ((i <= 0)
3805 1.1.1.3 christos || (epr->X_add_number != tok[i - 1].X_add_number))
3806 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3807 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
3808 1.1.1.3 christos case REGISTER:
3809 1.1.1.3 christos if (epr->X_op != O_register)
3810 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3811 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3812 1.1.1.3 christos
3813 1.1.1.3 christos case REGISTER_S:
3814 1.1.1.3 christos if (epr->X_op != O_register)
3815 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3816 1.1.1.3 christos
3817 1.1.1.3 christos switch (epr->X_add_number)
3818 1.1.1.3 christos {
3819 1.1.1.3 christos case 0: case 1: case 2: case 3:
3820 1.1.1.3 christos case 12: case 13: case 14: case 15:
3821 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3822 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3823 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3824 1.1.1.3 christos }
3825 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3826 1.1.1.3 christos
3827 1.1.1.3 christos case REGISTER_NO_GP:
3828 1.1.1.3 christos if ((epr->X_op != O_register)
3829 1.1.1.3 christos || (epr->X_add_number == 26)) /* 26 is the gp register. */
3830 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3831 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3832 1.1.1.3 christos
3833 1.1.1.3 christos case BRACKET:
3834 1.1.1.3 christos if (epr->X_op != O_bracket)
3835 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3836 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3837 1.1.1.3 christos
3838 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3839 1.1.1.3 christos /* Don't understand, bail out. */
3840 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
3841 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3842 1.1.1.3 christos }
3843 1.1.1.3 christos
3844 1.1.1.3 christos ++i;
3845 1.1.1.3 christos operand = &ins->operands[i];
3846 1.1.1.3 christos }
3847 1.1.1.3 christos
3848 1.1.1.6 christos return i == ntok;
3849 1.1.1.3 christos }
3850 1.1.1.3 christos
3851 1.1.1.3 christos /* Return TRUE if this OPDCODE is a candidate for relaxation. */
3852 1.1.1.3 christos
3853 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
3854 1.1.1.3 christos relax_insn_p (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
3855 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *tok,
3856 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok,
3857 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3858 1.1.1.3 christos int nflg)
3859 1.1.1.3 christos {
3860 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned i;
3861 1.1.1.6 christos bool rv = false;
3862 1.1.1.3 christos
3863 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check the relaxation table. */
3864 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_relaxable_ins && relaxation_state; ++i)
3865 1.1.1.3 christos {
3866 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_relaxable_ins *arc_rlx_ins = &arc_relaxable_insns[i];
3867 1.1.1.3 christos
3868 1.1.1.3 christos if ((strcmp (opcode->name, arc_rlx_ins->mnemonic_r) == 0)
3869 1.1.1.3 christos && may_relax_expr (tok[arc_rlx_ins->opcheckidx])
3870 1.1.1.3 christos && relaxable_operand (arc_rlx_ins, tok, ntok)
3871 1.1.1.3 christos && relaxable_flag (arc_rlx_ins, pflags, nflg))
3872 1.1.1.3 christos {
3873 1.1.1.6 christos rv = true;
3874 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now->fr_subtype = arc_relaxable_insns[i].subtype;
3875 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.tok, tok,
3876 1.1.1.3 christos sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
3877 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.pflags, pflags,
3878 1.1.1.3 christos sizeof (struct arc_flags) * nflg);
3879 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now->tc_frag_data.nflg = nflg;
3880 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now->tc_frag_data.ntok = ntok;
3881 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3882 1.1.1.3 christos }
3883 1.1.1.3 christos }
3884 1.1.1.3 christos
3885 1.1.1.3 christos return rv;
3886 1.1.1.3 christos }
3887 1.1.1.3 christos
3888 1.1.1.2 christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
3889 1.1.1.2 christos an instruction and a fixup. */
3890 1.1.1.2 christos
3891 1.1.1.2 christos static void
3892 1.1.1.2 christos assemble_insn (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
3893 1.1.1.2 christos const expressionS *tok,
3894 1.1.1.2 christos int ntok,
3895 1.1.1.2 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3896 1.1.1.2 christos int nflg,
3897 1.1.1.2 christos struct arc_insn *insn)
3898 1.1.1.2 christos {
3899 1.1.1.2 christos const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
3900 1.1.1.4 christos unsigned long long image;
3901 1.1.1.2 christos const unsigned char *argidx;
3902 1.1.1.2 christos int i;
3903 1.1.1.2 christos int tokidx = 0;
3904 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned char pcrel = 0;
3905 1.1.1.6 christos bool needGOTSymbol;
3906 1.1.1.6 christos bool has_delay_slot = false;
3907 1.1.1.2 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3908 1.1.1.2 christos
3909 1.1.1.2 christos memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
3910 1.1.1.2 christos image = opcode->opcode;
3911 1.1.1.2 christos
3912 1.1.1.4 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_insn: %s using opcode %llx\n",
3913 1.1.1.2 christos frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->name,
3914 1.1.1.2 christos opcode->opcode);
3915 1.1.1.2 christos
3916 1.1.1.2 christos /* Handle operands. */
3917 1.1.1.2 christos for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
3918 1.1.1.2 christos {
3919 1.1.1.2 christos const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*argidx];
3920 1.1.1.2 christos const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
3921 1.1.1.2 christos
3922 1.1.1.4 christos if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
3923 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3924 1.1.1.2 christos
3925 1.1.1.2 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
3926 1.1.1.2 christos {
3927 1.1.1.2 christos /* Duplicate operand, already inserted. */
3928 1.1.1.2 christos tokidx ++;
3929 1.1.1.2 christos continue;
3930 1.1.1.2 christos }
3931 1.1.1.2 christos
3932 1.1.1.2 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
3933 1.1.1.2 christos {
3934 1.1.1.2 christos abort ();
3935 1.1.1.2 christos }
3936 1.1.1.2 christos else
3937 1.1.1.2 christos t = &tok[tokidx++];
3938 1.1.1.2 christos
3939 1.1.1.2 christos /* Regardless if we have a reloc or not mark the instruction
3940 1.1.1.2 christos limm if it is the case. */
3941 1.1.1.2 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
3942 1.1.1.6 christos insn->has_limm = true;
3943 1.1.1.2 christos
3944 1.1.1.2 christos switch (t->X_op)
3945 1.1.1.2 christos {
3946 1.1.1.2 christos case O_register:
3947 1.1.1.2 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
3948 1.1.1.2 christos NULL, 0);
3949 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3950 1.1.1.2 christos
3951 1.1.1.2 christos case O_constant:
3952 1.1.1.2 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
3953 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_exp = t;
3954 1.1.1.2 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
3955 1.1.1.2 christos insn->limm = t->X_add_number;
3956 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3957 1.1.1.2 christos
3958 1.1.1.2 christos case O_bracket:
3959 1.1.1.4 christos case O_colon:
3960 1.1.1.4 christos case O_addrtype:
3961 1.1.1.4 christos /* Ignore brackets, colons, and address types. */
3962 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3963 1.1.1.2 christos
3964 1.1.1.2 christos case O_absent:
3965 1.1.1.2 christos gas_assert (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE);
3966 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3967 1.1.1.2 christos
3968 1.1.1.2 christos case O_subtract:
3969 1.1.1.2 christos /* Maybe register range. */
3970 1.1.1.2 christos if ((t->X_add_number == 0)
3971 1.1.1.2 christos && contains_register (t->X_add_symbol)
3972 1.1.1.2 christos && contains_register (t->X_op_symbol))
3973 1.1.1.2 christos {
3974 1.1.1.2 christos int regs;
3975 1.1.1.2 christos
3976 1.1.1.2 christos regs = get_register (t->X_add_symbol);
3977 1.1.1.2 christos regs <<= 16;
3978 1.1.1.2 christos regs |= get_register (t->X_op_symbol);
3979 1.1.1.2 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, regs, NULL, 0);
3980 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3981 1.1.1.2 christos }
3982 1.1.1.4 christos /* Fall through. */
3983 1.1.1.2 christos
3984 1.1.1.2 christos default:
3985 1.1.1.2 christos /* This operand needs a relocation. */
3986 1.1.1.6 christos needGOTSymbol = false;
3987 1.1.1.2 christos
3988 1.1.1.2 christos switch (t->X_md)
3989 1.1.1.2 christos {
3990 1.1.1.2 christos case O_plt:
3991 1.1.1.3 christos if (opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
3992 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("Unable to use @plt relocation for insn %s"),
3993 1.1.1.4 christos opcode->name);
3994 1.1.1.6 christos needGOTSymbol = true;
3995 1.1.1.2 christos reloc = find_reloc ("plt", opcode->name,
3996 1.1.1.2 christos pflags, nflg,
3997 1.1.1.2 christos operand->default_reloc);
3998 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3999 1.1.1.2 christos
4000 1.1.1.2 christos case O_gotoff:
4001 1.1.1.2 christos case O_gotpc:
4002 1.1.1.6 christos needGOTSymbol = true;
4003 1.1.1.2 christos reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
4004 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4005 1.1.1.2 christos case O_pcl:
4006 1.1.1.4 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
4007 1.1.1.4 christos {
4008 1.1.1.4 christos reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
4009 1.1.1.4 christos if (arc_opcode_len (opcode) == 2
4010 1.1.1.4 christos || opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
4011 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("Unable to use @pcl relocation for insn %s"),
4012 1.1.1.4 christos opcode->name);
4013 1.1.1.4 christos }
4014 1.1.1.4 christos else
4015 1.1.1.4 christos {
4016 1.1.1.4 christos /* This is a relaxed operand which initially was
4017 1.1.1.4 christos limm, choose whatever we have defined in the
4018 1.1.1.4 christos opcode as reloc. */
4019 1.1.1.4 christos reloc = operand->default_reloc;
4020 1.1.1.4 christos }
4021 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4022 1.1.1.2 christos case O_sda:
4023 1.1.1.2 christos reloc = find_reloc ("sda", opcode->name,
4024 1.1.1.2 christos pflags, nflg,
4025 1.1.1.2 christos operand->default_reloc);
4026 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4027 1.1.1.2 christos case O_tlsgd:
4028 1.1.1.2 christos case O_tlsie:
4029 1.1.1.6 christos needGOTSymbol = true;
4030 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fall-through. */
4031 1.1.1.2 christos
4032 1.1.1.2 christos case O_tpoff:
4033 1.1.1.2 christos case O_dtpoff:
4034 1.1.1.2 christos reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
4035 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4036 1.1.1.2 christos
4037 1.1.1.2 christos case O_tpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
4038 1.1.1.2 christos the insn. */
4039 1.1.1.2 christos case O_dtpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
4040 1.1.1.2 christos the insn. */
4041 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
4042 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4043 1.1.1.2 christos
4044 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4045 1.1.1.2 christos /* Just consider the default relocation. */
4046 1.1.1.2 christos reloc = operand->default_reloc;
4047 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4048 1.1.1.2 christos }
4049 1.1.1.2 christos
4050 1.1.1.2 christos if (needGOTSymbol && (GOT_symbol == NULL))
4051 1.1.1.2 christos GOT_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME);
4052 1.1.1.2 christos
4053 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_exp = t;
4054 1.1.1.2 christos
4055 1.1.1.2 christos #if 0
4056 1.1.1.2 christos if (reloc > 0)
4057 1.1.1.2 christos {
4058 1.1.1.2 christos /* sanity checks. */
4059 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
4060 1.1.1.2 christos = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4061 1.1.1.2 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
4062 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned reloc_bitsize = reloc_howto->bitsize;
4063 1.1.1.2 christos if (reloc_howto->rightshift)
4064 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_bitsize -= reloc_howto->rightshift;
4065 1.1.1.2 christos if (reloc_bitsize != operand->bits)
4066 1.1.1.2 christos {
4067 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("invalid relocation %s for field"),
4068 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (reloc));
4069 1.1.1.2 christos return;
4070 1.1.1.2 christos }
4071 1.1.1.2 christos }
4072 1.1.1.2 christos #endif
4073 1.1.1.2 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
4074 1.1.1.2 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
4075 1.1.1.2 christos
4076 1.1.1.2 christos struct arc_fixup *fixup;
4077 1.1.1.2 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
4078 1.1.1.2 christos fixup->exp = *t;
4079 1.1.1.2 christos fixup->reloc = reloc;
4080 1.1.1.4 christos if ((int) reloc < 0)
4081 1.1.1.4 christos pcrel = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_PCREL) ? 1 : 0;
4082 1.1.1.4 christos else
4083 1.1.1.4 christos {
4084 1.1.1.4 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
4085 1.1.1.4 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4086 1.1.1.4 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
4087 1.1.1.4 christos pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
4088 1.1.1.4 christos }
4089 1.1.1.2 christos fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
4090 1.1.1.6 christos fixup->islong = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM) != 0;
4091 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4092 1.1.1.2 christos }
4093 1.1.1.2 christos }
4094 1.1.1.2 christos
4095 1.1.1.2 christos /* Handle flags. */
4096 1.1.1.2 christos for (i = 0; i < nflg; i++)
4097 1.1.1.2 christos {
4098 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand = pflags[i].flgp;
4099 1.1.1.2 christos
4100 1.1.1.2 christos /* Check if the instruction has a delay slot. */
4101 1.1.1.2 christos if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "d"))
4102 1.1.1.6 christos has_delay_slot = true;
4103 1.1.1.2 christos
4104 1.1.1.4 christos /* There is an exceptional case when we cannot insert a flag just as
4105 1.1.1.4 christos it is. On ARCv2 the '.t' and '.nt' flags must be handled in
4106 1.1.1.4 christos relation with the relative address. Unfortunately, some of the
4107 1.1.1.4 christos ARC700 extensions (NPS400) also have a '.nt' flag that should be
4108 1.1.1.4 christos handled in the normal way.
4109 1.1.1.4 christos
4110 1.1.1.4 christos Flag operands don't have an architecture field, so we can't
4111 1.1.1.4 christos directly validate that FLAG_OPERAND is valid for the current
4112 1.1.1.4 christos architecture, what we do instead is just validate that we're
4113 1.1.1.4 christos assembling for an ARCv2 architecture. */
4114 1.1.1.4 christos if ((selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCV2)
4115 1.1.1.4 christos && (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t")
4116 1.1.1.4 christos || !strcmp (flg_operand->name, "nt")))
4117 1.1.1.2 christos {
4118 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned bitYoperand = 0;
4119 1.1.1.2 christos /* FIXME! move selection bbit/brcc in arc-opc.c. */
4120 1.1.1.2 christos if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t"))
4121 1.1.1.2 christos if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
4122 1.1.1.2 christos || !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
4123 1.1.1.2 christos bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
4124 1.1.1.2 christos else
4125 1.1.1.2 christos bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
4126 1.1.1.2 christos else
4127 1.1.1.2 christos if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
4128 1.1.1.2 christos || !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
4129 1.1.1.2 christos bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
4130 1.1.1.2 christos else
4131 1.1.1.2 christos bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
4132 1.1.1.2 christos
4133 1.1.1.2 christos gas_assert (reloc_exp != NULL);
4134 1.1.1.2 christos if (reloc_exp->X_op == O_constant)
4135 1.1.1.2 christos {
4136 1.1.1.2 christos /* Check if we have a constant and solved it
4137 1.1.1.2 christos immediately. */
4138 1.1.1.2 christos offsetT val = reloc_exp->X_add_number;
4139 1.1.1.2 christos image |= insert_operand (image, &arc_operands[bitYoperand],
4140 1.1.1.2 christos val, NULL, 0);
4141 1.1.1.2 christos }
4142 1.1.1.2 christos else
4143 1.1.1.2 christos {
4144 1.1.1.2 christos struct arc_fixup *fixup;
4145 1.1.1.2 christos
4146 1.1.1.2 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
4147 1.1.1.2 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
4148 1.1.1.2 christos
4149 1.1.1.2 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
4150 1.1.1.2 christos fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
4151 1.1.1.2 christos fixup->reloc = -bitYoperand;
4152 1.1.1.2 christos fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
4153 1.1.1.6 christos fixup->islong = false;
4154 1.1.1.2 christos }
4155 1.1.1.2 christos }
4156 1.1.1.2 christos else
4157 1.1.1.2 christos image |= (flg_operand->code & ((1 << flg_operand->bits) - 1))
4158 1.1.1.2 christos << flg_operand->shift;
4159 1.1.1.2 christos }
4160 1.1.1.2 christos
4161 1.1.1.3 christos insn->relax = relax_insn_p (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflg);
4162 1.1.1.3 christos
4163 1.1.1.4 christos /* Instruction length. */
4164 1.1.1.4 christos insn->len = arc_opcode_len (opcode);
4165 1.1.1.3 christos
4166 1.1.1.3 christos insn->insn = image;
4167 1.1.1.3 christos
4168 1.1.1.3 christos /* Update last insn status. */
4169 1.1.1.3 christos arc_last_insns[1] = arc_last_insns[0];
4170 1.1.1.3 christos arc_last_insns[0].opcode = opcode;
4171 1.1.1.3 christos arc_last_insns[0].has_limm = insn->has_limm;
4172 1.1.1.3 christos arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot = has_delay_slot;
4173 1.1.1.3 christos
4174 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if the current instruction is legally used. */
4175 1.1.1.3 christos if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
4176 1.1.1.3 christos && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
4177 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("Insn %s has a jump/branch instruction %s in its delay slot."),
4178 1.1.1.4 christos arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
4179 1.1.1.4 christos arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
4180 1.1.1.4 christos if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
4181 1.1.1.4 christos && arc_last_insns[0].has_limm)
4182 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("Insn %s has an instruction %s with limm in its delay slot."),
4183 1.1.1.4 christos arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
4184 1.1.1.4 christos arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
4185 1.1.1.2 christos }
4186 1.1.1.2 christos
4187 1.1.1.2 christos void
4188 1.1.1.2 christos arc_handle_align (fragS* fragP)
4189 1.1.1.2 christos {
4190 1.1.1.2 christos if ((fragP)->fr_type == rs_align_code)
4191 1.1.1.2 christos {
4192 1.1.1.2 christos char *dest = (fragP)->fr_literal + (fragP)->fr_fix;
4193 1.1.1.2 christos valueT count = ((fragP)->fr_next->fr_address
4194 1.1.1.2 christos - (fragP)->fr_address - (fragP)->fr_fix);
4195 1.1.1.2 christos
4196 1.1.1.2 christos (fragP)->fr_var = 2;
4197 1.1.1.2 christos
4198 1.1.1.2 christos if (count & 1)/* Padding in the gap till the next 2-byte
4199 1.1.1.2 christos boundary with 0s. */
4200 1.1.1.2 christos {
4201 1.1.1.2 christos (fragP)->fr_fix++;
4202 1.1.1.2 christos *dest++ = 0;
4203 1.1.1.2 christos }
4204 1.1.1.2 christos /* Writing nop_s. */
4205 1.1.1.2 christos md_number_to_chars (dest, NOP_OPCODE_S, 2);
4206 1.1.1.2 christos }
4207 1.1.1.2 christos }
4208 1.1.1.2 christos
4209 1.1.1.2 christos /* Here we decide which fixups can be adjusted to make them relative
4210 1.1.1.2 christos to the beginning of the section instead of the symbol. Basically
4211 1.1.1.2 christos we need to make sure that the dynamic relocations are done
4212 1.1.1.2 christos correctly, so in some cases we force the original symbol to be
4213 1.1.1.2 christos used. */
4214 1.1.1.2 christos
4215 1.1.1.2 christos int
4216 1.1.1.2 christos tc_arc_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixP)
4217 1.1.1.2 christos {
4218 1.1.1.2 christos
4219 1.1.1.2 christos /* Prevent all adjustments to global symbols. */
4220 1.1.1.2 christos if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy))
4221 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
4222 1.1.1.2 christos if (S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy))
4223 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
4224 1.1.1.2 christos
4225 1.1.1.2 christos /* Adjust_reloc_syms doesn't know about the GOT. */
4226 1.1.1.2 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
4227 1.1.1.2 christos {
4228 1.1.1.2 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
4229 1.1.1.2 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
4230 1.1.1.2 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
4231 1.1.1.2 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
4232 1.1.1.2 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
4233 1.1.1.2 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
4234 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
4235 1.1.1.2 christos
4236 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4237 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4238 1.1.1.2 christos }
4239 1.1.1.2 christos
4240 1.1.1.3 christos return 1;
4241 1.1.1.2 christos }
4242 1.1.1.2 christos
4243 1.1.1.2 christos /* Compute the reloc type of an expression EXP. */
4244 1.1.1.2 christos
4245 1.1.1.2 christos static void
4246 1.1.1.2 christos arc_check_reloc (expressionS *exp,
4247 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type *r_type_p)
4248 1.1.1.2 christos {
4249 1.1.1.2 christos if (*r_type_p == BFD_RELOC_32
4250 1.1.1.2 christos && exp->X_op == O_subtract
4251 1.1.1.2 christos && exp->X_op_symbol != NULL
4252 1.1.1.5 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (exp->X_op_symbol) == now_seg)
4253 1.1.1.2 christos *r_type_p = BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL;
4254 1.1.1.2 christos }
4255 1.1.1.2 christos
4256 1.1.1.2 christos
4257 1.1.1.2 christos /* Add expression EXP of SIZE bytes to offset OFF of fragment FRAG. */
4258 1.1.1.2 christos
4259 1.1.1.2 christos void
4260 1.1.1.2 christos arc_cons_fix_new (fragS *frag,
4261 1.1.1.2 christos int off,
4262 1.1.1.2 christos int size,
4263 1.1.1.2 christos expressionS *exp,
4264 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type)
4265 1.1.1.2 christos {
4266 1.1.1.2 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
4267 1.1.1.2 christos
4268 1.1.1.2 christos switch (size)
4269 1.1.1.2 christos {
4270 1.1.1.2 christos case 1:
4271 1.1.1.2 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_8;
4272 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4273 1.1.1.2 christos
4274 1.1.1.2 christos case 2:
4275 1.1.1.2 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_16;
4276 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4277 1.1.1.2 christos
4278 1.1.1.2 christos case 3:
4279 1.1.1.2 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_24;
4280 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4281 1.1.1.2 christos
4282 1.1.1.2 christos case 4:
4283 1.1.1.2 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_32;
4284 1.1.1.2 christos arc_check_reloc (exp, &r_type);
4285 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4286 1.1.1.2 christos
4287 1.1.1.2 christos case 8:
4288 1.1.1.2 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_64;
4289 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4290 1.1.1.2 christos
4291 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4292 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("unsupported BFD relocation size %u"), size);
4293 1.1.1.2 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
4294 1.1.1.2 christos }
4295 1.1.1.2 christos
4296 1.1.1.2 christos fix_new_exp (frag, off, size, exp, 0, r_type);
4297 1.1.1.2 christos }
4298 1.1.1.2 christos
4299 1.1.1.2 christos /* The actual routine that checks the ZOL conditions. */
4300 1.1.1.2 christos
4301 1.1.1.2 christos static void
4302 1.1.1.2 christos check_zol (symbolS *s)
4303 1.1.1.2 christos {
4304 1.1.1.4 christos switch (selected_cpu.mach)
4305 1.1.1.2 christos {
4306 1.1.1.2 christos case bfd_mach_arc_arcv2:
4307 1.1.1.4 christos if (selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM)
4308 1.1.1.2 christos return;
4309 1.1.1.2 christos
4310 1.1.1.2 christos if (is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode)
4311 1.1.1.2 christos || arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot)
4312 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("Jump/Branch instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
4313 1.1.1.2 christos S_GET_NAME (s));
4314 1.1.1.2 christos
4315 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4316 1.1.1.2 christos case bfd_mach_arc_arc600:
4317 1.1.1.2 christos
4318 1.1.1.2 christos if (is_kernel_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
4319 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("Kernel instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
4320 1.1.1.2 christos S_GET_NAME (s));
4321 1.1.1.2 christos
4322 1.1.1.2 christos if (arc_last_insns[0].has_limm
4323 1.1.1.2 christos && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
4324 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("A jump instruction with long immediate detected at the \
4325 1.1.1.2 christos end of the ZOL label @%s"), S_GET_NAME (s));
4326 1.1.1.2 christos
4327 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fall through. */
4328 1.1.1.2 christos case bfd_mach_arc_arc700:
4329 1.1.1.2 christos if (arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot)
4330 1.1.1.2 christos as_bad (_("An illegal use of delay slot detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
4331 1.1.1.2 christos S_GET_NAME (s));
4332 1.1.1.2 christos
4333 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4334 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4335 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4336 1.1.1.2 christos }
4337 1.1.1.2 christos }
4338 1.1.1.2 christos
4339 1.1.1.2 christos /* If ZOL end check the last two instruction for illegals. */
4340 1.1.1.2 christos void
4341 1.1.1.2 christos arc_frob_label (symbolS * sym)
4342 1.1.1.2 christos {
4343 1.1.1.2 christos if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_ZOL)
4344 1.1.1.2 christos check_zol (sym);
4345 1.1.1.2 christos
4346 1.1.1.2 christos dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
4347 1.1 christos }
4348 1.1.1.3 christos
4349 1.1.1.3 christos /* Used because generic relaxation assumes a pc-rel value whilst we
4350 1.1.1.3 christos also relax instructions that use an absolute value resolved out of
4351 1.1.1.3 christos relative values (if that makes any sense). An example: 'add r1,
4352 1.1.1.3 christos r2, @.L2 - .' The symbols . and @.L2 are relative to the section
4353 1.1.1.3 christos but if they're in the same section we can subtract the section
4354 1.1.1.3 christos offset relocation which ends up in a resolved value. So if @.L2 is
4355 1.1.1.3 christos .text + 0x50 and . is .text + 0x10, we can say that .text + 0x50 -
4356 1.1.1.3 christos .text + 0x40 = 0x10. */
4357 1.1.1.3 christos int
4358 1.1.1.3 christos arc_pcrel_adjust (fragS *fragP)
4359 1.1.1.3 christos {
4360 1.1.1.4 christos pr_debug ("arc_pcrel_adjust: address=%ld, fix=%ld, PCrel %s\n",
4361 1.1.1.4 christos fragP->fr_address, fragP->fr_fix,
4362 1.1.1.4 christos fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel ? "Y" : "N");
4363 1.1.1.4 christos
4364 1.1.1.3 christos if (!fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
4365 1.1.1.3 christos return fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4366 1.1.1.3 christos
4367 1.1.1.4 christos /* Take into account the PCL rounding. */
4368 1.1.1.4 christos return (fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix) & 0x03;
4369 1.1.1.3 christos }
4370 1.1.1.3 christos
4371 1.1.1.3 christos /* Initialize the DWARF-2 unwind information for this procedure. */
4372 1.1.1.3 christos
4373 1.1.1.3 christos void
4374 1.1.1.3 christos tc_arc_frame_initial_instructions (void)
4375 1.1.1.3 christos {
4376 1.1.1.3 christos /* Stack pointer is register 28. */
4377 1.1.1.3 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (28, 0);
4378 1.1.1.3 christos }
4379 1.1.1.3 christos
4380 1.1.1.3 christos int
4381 1.1.1.3 christos tc_arc_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
4382 1.1.1.3 christos {
4383 1.1.1.3 christos struct symbol *sym;
4384 1.1.1.3 christos
4385 1.1.1.6 christos sym = str_hash_find (arc_reg_hash, regname);
4386 1.1.1.3 christos if (sym)
4387 1.1.1.3 christos return S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4388 1.1.1.3 christos
4389 1.1.1.3 christos return -1;
4390 1.1.1.3 christos }
4391 1.1.1.3 christos
4392 1.1.1.3 christos /* Adjust the symbol table. Delete found AUX register symbols. */
4393 1.1.1.3 christos
4394 1.1.1.3 christos void
4395 1.1.1.3 christos arc_adjust_symtab (void)
4396 1.1.1.3 christos {
4397 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS * sym;
4398 1.1.1.3 christos
4399 1.1.1.3 christos for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym))
4400 1.1.1.3 christos {
4401 1.1.1.3 christos /* I've created a symbol during parsing process. Now, remove
4402 1.1.1.3 christos the symbol as it is found to be an AUX register. */
4403 1.1.1.3 christos if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_AUX)
4404 1.1.1.3 christos symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
4405 1.1.1.3 christos }
4406 1.1.1.3 christos
4407 1.1.1.3 christos /* Now do generic ELF adjustments. */
4408 1.1.1.3 christos elf_adjust_symtab ();
4409 1.1.1.3 christos }
4410 1.1.1.3 christos
4411 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4412 1.1.1.3 christos tokenize_extinsn (extInstruction_t *einsn)
4413 1.1.1.3 christos {
4414 1.1.1.3 christos char *p, c;
4415 1.1.1.3 christos char *insn_name;
4416 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char major_opcode;
4417 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char sub_opcode;
4418 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char syntax_class = 0;
4419 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char syntax_class_modifiers = 0;
4420 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char suffix_class = 0;
4421 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int i;
4422 1.1.1.3 christos
4423 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4424 1.1.1.3 christos
4425 1.1.1.3 christos /* 1st: get instruction name. */
4426 1.1.1.3 christos p = input_line_pointer;
4427 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&p);
4428 1.1.1.3 christos
4429 1.1.1.3 christos insn_name = xstrdup (p);
4430 1.1.1.3 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
4431 1.1.1.3 christos
4432 1.1.1.5 christos /* Convert to lower case. */
4433 1.1.1.5 christos for (p = insn_name; *p; ++p)
4434 1.1.1.5 christos *p = TOLOWER (*p);
4435 1.1.1.5 christos
4436 1.1.1.3 christos /* 2nd: get major opcode. */
4437 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4438 1.1.1.3 christos {
4439 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after instruction name"));
4440 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4441 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4442 1.1.1.3 christos }
4443 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
4444 1.1.1.3 christos major_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
4445 1.1.1.3 christos
4446 1.1.1.3 christos /* 3rd: get sub-opcode. */
4447 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4448 1.1.1.3 christos
4449 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4450 1.1.1.3 christos {
4451 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after major opcode"));
4452 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4453 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4454 1.1.1.3 christos }
4455 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
4456 1.1.1.3 christos sub_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
4457 1.1.1.3 christos
4458 1.1.1.3 christos /* 4th: get suffix class. */
4459 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4460 1.1.1.3 christos
4461 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4462 1.1.1.3 christos {
4463 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad ("expected comma after sub opcode");
4464 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4465 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4466 1.1.1.3 christos }
4467 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
4468 1.1.1.3 christos
4469 1.1.1.3 christos while (1)
4470 1.1.1.3 christos {
4471 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4472 1.1.1.3 christos
4473 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass); i++)
4474 1.1.1.3 christos {
4475 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strncmp (suffixclass[i].name, input_line_pointer,
4476 1.1.1.3 christos suffixclass[i].len))
4477 1.1.1.3 christos {
4478 1.1.1.3 christos suffix_class |= suffixclass[i].attr_class;
4479 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += suffixclass[i].len;
4480 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4481 1.1.1.3 christos }
4482 1.1.1.3 christos }
4483 1.1.1.3 christos
4484 1.1.1.3 christos if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass))
4485 1.1.1.3 christos {
4486 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad ("invalid suffix class");
4487 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4488 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4489 1.1.1.3 christos }
4490 1.1.1.3 christos
4491 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4492 1.1.1.3 christos
4493 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
4494 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
4495 1.1.1.3 christos else
4496 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4497 1.1.1.3 christos }
4498 1.1.1.3 christos
4499 1.1.1.3 christos /* 5th: get syntax class and syntax class modifiers. */
4500 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4501 1.1.1.3 christos {
4502 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad ("expected comma after suffix class");
4503 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4504 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4505 1.1.1.3 christos }
4506 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
4507 1.1.1.3 christos
4508 1.1.1.3 christos while (1)
4509 1.1.1.3 christos {
4510 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4511 1.1.1.3 christos
4512 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod); i++)
4513 1.1.1.3 christos {
4514 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strncmp (syntaxclassmod[i].name,
4515 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer,
4516 1.1.1.3 christos syntaxclassmod[i].len))
4517 1.1.1.3 christos {
4518 1.1.1.3 christos syntax_class_modifiers |= syntaxclassmod[i].attr_class;
4519 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += syntaxclassmod[i].len;
4520 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4521 1.1.1.3 christos }
4522 1.1.1.3 christos }
4523 1.1.1.3 christos
4524 1.1.1.3 christos if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod))
4525 1.1.1.3 christos {
4526 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass); i++)
4527 1.1.1.3 christos {
4528 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strncmp (syntaxclass[i].name,
4529 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer,
4530 1.1.1.3 christos syntaxclass[i].len))
4531 1.1.1.3 christos {
4532 1.1.1.3 christos syntax_class |= syntaxclass[i].attr_class;
4533 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += syntaxclass[i].len;
4534 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4535 1.1.1.3 christos }
4536 1.1.1.3 christos }
4537 1.1.1.3 christos
4538 1.1.1.3 christos if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass))
4539 1.1.1.3 christos {
4540 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad ("missing syntax class");
4541 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4542 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4543 1.1.1.3 christos }
4544 1.1.1.3 christos }
4545 1.1.1.3 christos
4546 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4547 1.1.1.3 christos
4548 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
4549 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
4550 1.1.1.3 christos else
4551 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4552 1.1.1.3 christos }
4553 1.1.1.3 christos
4554 1.1.1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4555 1.1.1.3 christos
4556 1.1.1.3 christos einsn->name = insn_name;
4557 1.1.1.3 christos einsn->major = major_opcode;
4558 1.1.1.3 christos einsn->minor = sub_opcode;
4559 1.1.1.3 christos einsn->syntax = syntax_class;
4560 1.1.1.3 christos einsn->modsyn = syntax_class_modifiers;
4561 1.1.1.3 christos einsn->suffix = suffix_class;
4562 1.1.1.3 christos einsn->flags = syntax_class
4563 1.1.1.3 christos | (syntax_class_modifiers & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED ? 0x10 : 0);
4564 1.1.1.3 christos }
4565 1.1.1.3 christos
4566 1.1.1.3 christos /* Generate an extension section. */
4567 1.1.1.3 christos
4568 1.1.1.3 christos static int
4569 1.1.1.3 christos arc_set_ext_seg (void)
4570 1.1.1.3 christos {
4571 1.1.1.3 christos if (!arcext_section)
4572 1.1.1.3 christos {
4573 1.1.1.3 christos arcext_section = subseg_new (".arcextmap", 0);
4574 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_set_section_flags (arcext_section, SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
4575 1.1.1.3 christos }
4576 1.1.1.3 christos else
4577 1.1.1.3 christos subseg_set (arcext_section, 0);
4578 1.1.1.3 christos return 1;
4579 1.1.1.3 christos }
4580 1.1.1.3 christos
4581 1.1.1.3 christos /* Create an extension instruction description in the arc extension
4582 1.1.1.3 christos section of the output file.
4583 1.1.1.3 christos The structure for an instruction is like this:
4584 1.1.1.3 christos [0]: Length of the record.
4585 1.1.1.3 christos [1]: Type of the record.
4586 1.1.1.3 christos
4587 1.1.1.3 christos [2]: Major opcode.
4588 1.1.1.3 christos [3]: Sub-opcode.
4589 1.1.1.3 christos [4]: Syntax (flags).
4590 1.1.1.3 christos [5]+ Name instruction.
4591 1.1.1.3 christos
4592 1.1.1.3 christos The sequence is terminated by an empty entry. */
4593 1.1.1.3 christos
4594 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4595 1.1.1.3 christos create_extinst_section (extInstruction_t *einsn)
4596 1.1.1.3 christos {
4597 1.1.1.3 christos
4598 1.1.1.3 christos segT old_sec = now_seg;
4599 1.1.1.3 christos int old_subsec = now_subseg;
4600 1.1.1.3 christos char *p;
4601 1.1.1.3 christos int name_len = strlen (einsn->name);
4602 1.1.1.3 christos
4603 1.1.1.3 christos arc_set_ext_seg ();
4604 1.1.1.3 christos
4605 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4606 1.1.1.3 christos *p = 5 + name_len + 1;
4607 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4608 1.1.1.3 christos *p = EXT_INSTRUCTION;
4609 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4610 1.1.1.3 christos *p = einsn->major;
4611 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4612 1.1.1.3 christos *p = einsn->minor;
4613 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4614 1.1.1.3 christos *p = einsn->flags;
4615 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
4616 1.1.1.3 christos strcpy (p, einsn->name);
4617 1.1.1.3 christos
4618 1.1.1.3 christos subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
4619 1.1.1.3 christos }
4620 1.1.1.3 christos
4621 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handler .extinstruction pseudo-op. */
4622 1.1.1.3 christos
4623 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4624 1.1.1.3 christos arc_extinsn (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4625 1.1.1.3 christos {
4626 1.1.1.3 christos extInstruction_t einsn;
4627 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_opcode *arc_ext_opcodes;
4628 1.1.1.3 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
4629 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char moplow, mophigh;
4630 1.1.1.3 christos
4631 1.1.1.3 christos memset (&einsn, 0, sizeof (einsn));
4632 1.1.1.3 christos tokenize_extinsn (&einsn);
4633 1.1.1.3 christos
4634 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if the name is already used. */
4635 1.1.1.3 christos if (arc_find_opcode (einsn.name))
4636 1.1.1.3 christos as_warn (_("Pseudocode already used %s"), einsn.name);
4637 1.1.1.3 christos
4638 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check the opcode ranges. */
4639 1.1.1.3 christos moplow = 0x05;
4640 1.1.1.4 christos mophigh = (selected_cpu.flags & (ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM
4641 1.1.1.4 christos | ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS)) ? 0x07 : 0x0a;
4642 1.1.1.3 christos
4643 1.1.1.3 christos if ((einsn.major > mophigh) || (einsn.major < moplow))
4644 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("major opcode not in range [0x%02x - 0x%02x]"), moplow, mophigh);
4645 1.1.1.3 christos
4646 1.1.1.3 christos if ((einsn.minor > 0x3f) && (einsn.major != 0x0a)
4647 1.1.1.3 christos && (einsn.major != 5) && (einsn.major != 9))
4648 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("minor opcode not in range [0x00 - 0x3f]"));
4649 1.1.1.3 christos
4650 1.1.1.3 christos switch (einsn.syntax & ARC_SYNTAX_MASK)
4651 1.1.1.3 christos {
4652 1.1.1.3 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_3OP:
4653 1.1.1.3 christos if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED)
4654 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_IMM_IMPLIED"));
4655 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4656 1.1.1.3 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_2OP:
4657 1.1.1.3 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_1OP:
4658 1.1.1.3 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_NOP:
4659 1.1.1.3 christos if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM)
4660 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_MUST_BE_IMM"));
4661 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4662 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4663 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4664 1.1.1.3 christos }
4665 1.1.1.3 christos
4666 1.1.1.4 christos arc_ext_opcodes = arcExtMap_genOpcode (&einsn, selected_cpu.flags, &errmsg);
4667 1.1.1.3 christos if (arc_ext_opcodes == NULL)
4668 1.1.1.3 christos {
4669 1.1.1.3 christos if (errmsg)
4670 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
4671 1.1.1.3 christos else
4672 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("Couldn't generate extension instruction opcodes"));
4673 1.1.1.3 christos }
4674 1.1.1.3 christos else if (errmsg)
4675 1.1.1.3 christos as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
4676 1.1.1.3 christos
4677 1.1.1.3 christos /* Insert the extension instruction. */
4678 1.1.1.3 christos arc_insert_opcode ((const struct arc_opcode *) arc_ext_opcodes);
4679 1.1.1.3 christos
4680 1.1.1.3 christos create_extinst_section (&einsn);
4681 1.1.1.3 christos }
4682 1.1.1.3 christos
4683 1.1.1.6 christos static bool
4684 1.1.1.3 christos tokenize_extregister (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
4685 1.1.1.3 christos {
4686 1.1.1.3 christos char *name;
4687 1.1.1.3 christos char *mode;
4688 1.1.1.3 christos char c;
4689 1.1.1.3 christos char *p;
4690 1.1.1.3 christos int number, imode = 0;
4691 1.1.1.6 christos bool isCore_p = opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER;
4692 1.1.1.6 christos bool isReg_p = opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER || opertype == EXT_AUX_REGISTER;
4693 1.1.1.3 christos
4694 1.1.1.3 christos /* 1st: get register name. */
4695 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4696 1.1.1.3 christos p = input_line_pointer;
4697 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&p);
4698 1.1.1.3 christos
4699 1.1.1.3 christos name = xstrdup (p);
4700 1.1.1.3 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
4701 1.1.1.3 christos
4702 1.1.1.3 christos /* 2nd: get register number. */
4703 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4704 1.1.1.3 christos
4705 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4706 1.1.1.3 christos {
4707 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after name"));
4708 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4709 1.1.1.3 christos free (name);
4710 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
4711 1.1.1.3 christos }
4712 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
4713 1.1.1.3 christos number = get_absolute_expression ();
4714 1.1.1.3 christos
4715 1.1.1.4 christos if ((number < 0)
4716 1.1.1.4 christos && (opertype != EXT_AUX_REGISTER))
4717 1.1.1.3 christos {
4718 1.1.1.4 christos as_bad (_("%s second argument cannot be a negative number %d"),
4719 1.1.1.4 christos isCore_p ? "extCoreRegister's" : "extCondCode's",
4720 1.1.1.4 christos number);
4721 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4722 1.1.1.3 christos free (name);
4723 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
4724 1.1.1.3 christos }
4725 1.1.1.3 christos
4726 1.1.1.3 christos if (isReg_p)
4727 1.1.1.3 christos {
4728 1.1.1.3 christos /* 3rd: get register mode. */
4729 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4730 1.1.1.3 christos
4731 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4732 1.1.1.3 christos {
4733 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after register number"));
4734 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4735 1.1.1.3 christos free (name);
4736 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
4737 1.1.1.3 christos }
4738 1.1.1.3 christos
4739 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
4740 1.1.1.3 christos mode = input_line_pointer;
4741 1.1.1.3 christos
4742 1.1.1.6 christos if (startswith (mode, "r|w"))
4743 1.1.1.3 christos {
4744 1.1.1.3 christos imode = 0;
4745 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += 3;
4746 1.1.1.3 christos }
4747 1.1.1.6 christos else if (startswith (mode, "r"))
4748 1.1.1.3 christos {
4749 1.1.1.3 christos imode = ARC_REGISTER_READONLY;
4750 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += 1;
4751 1.1.1.3 christos }
4752 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!startswith (mode, "w"))
4753 1.1.1.3 christos {
4754 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("invalid mode"));
4755 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4756 1.1.1.3 christos free (name);
4757 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
4758 1.1.1.3 christos }
4759 1.1.1.3 christos else
4760 1.1.1.3 christos {
4761 1.1.1.3 christos imode = ARC_REGISTER_WRITEONLY;
4762 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += 1;
4763 1.1.1.3 christos }
4764 1.1.1.3 christos }
4765 1.1.1.3 christos
4766 1.1.1.3 christos if (isCore_p)
4767 1.1.1.3 christos {
4768 1.1.1.3 christos /* 4th: get core register shortcut. */
4769 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4770 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4771 1.1.1.3 christos {
4772 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after register mode"));
4773 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4774 1.1.1.3 christos free (name);
4775 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
4776 1.1.1.3 christos }
4777 1.1.1.3 christos
4778 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
4779 1.1.1.3 christos
4780 1.1.1.6 christos if (startswith (input_line_pointer, "cannot_shortcut"))
4781 1.1.1.3 christos {
4782 1.1.1.3 christos imode |= ARC_REGISTER_NOSHORT_CUT;
4783 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += 15;
4784 1.1.1.3 christos }
4785 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!startswith (input_line_pointer, "can_shortcut"))
4786 1.1.1.3 christos {
4787 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("shortcut designator invalid"));
4788 1.1.1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4789 1.1.1.3 christos free (name);
4790 1.1.1.6 christos return false;
4791 1.1.1.3 christos }
4792 1.1.1.3 christos else
4793 1.1.1.3 christos {
4794 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += 12;
4795 1.1.1.3 christos }
4796 1.1.1.3 christos }
4797 1.1.1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4798 1.1.1.3 christos
4799 1.1.1.3 christos ereg->name = name;
4800 1.1.1.3 christos ereg->number = number;
4801 1.1.1.3 christos ereg->imode = imode;
4802 1.1.1.6 christos return true;
4803 1.1.1.3 christos }
4804 1.1.1.3 christos
4805 1.1.1.3 christos /* Create an extension register/condition description in the arc
4806 1.1.1.3 christos extension section of the output file.
4807 1.1.1.3 christos
4808 1.1.1.3 christos The structure for an instruction is like this:
4809 1.1.1.3 christos [0]: Length of the record.
4810 1.1.1.3 christos [1]: Type of the record.
4811 1.1.1.3 christos
4812 1.1.1.3 christos For core regs and condition codes:
4813 1.1.1.3 christos [2]: Value.
4814 1.1.1.3 christos [3]+ Name.
4815 1.1.1.3 christos
4816 1.1.1.4 christos For auxiliary registers:
4817 1.1.1.3 christos [2..5]: Value.
4818 1.1.1.3 christos [6]+ Name
4819 1.1.1.3 christos
4820 1.1.1.3 christos The sequence is terminated by an empty entry. */
4821 1.1.1.3 christos
4822 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4823 1.1.1.3 christos create_extcore_section (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
4824 1.1.1.3 christos {
4825 1.1.1.3 christos segT old_sec = now_seg;
4826 1.1.1.3 christos int old_subsec = now_subseg;
4827 1.1.1.3 christos char *p;
4828 1.1.1.3 christos int name_len = strlen (ereg->name);
4829 1.1.1.3 christos
4830 1.1.1.3 christos arc_set_ext_seg ();
4831 1.1.1.3 christos
4832 1.1.1.3 christos switch (opertype)
4833 1.1.1.3 christos {
4834 1.1.1.3 christos case EXT_COND_CODE:
4835 1.1.1.3 christos case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
4836 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4837 1.1.1.3 christos *p = 3 + name_len + 1;
4838 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4839 1.1.1.3 christos *p = opertype;
4840 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4841 1.1.1.3 christos *p = ereg->number;
4842 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4843 1.1.1.3 christos case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
4844 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4845 1.1.1.3 christos *p = 6 + name_len + 1;
4846 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4847 1.1.1.3 christos *p = EXT_AUX_REGISTER;
4848 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4849 1.1.1.3 christos *p = (ereg->number >> 24) & 0xff;
4850 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4851 1.1.1.3 christos *p = (ereg->number >> 16) & 0xff;
4852 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4853 1.1.1.3 christos *p = (ereg->number >> 8) & 0xff;
4854 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (1);
4855 1.1.1.3 christos *p = (ereg->number) & 0xff;
4856 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4857 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4858 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4859 1.1.1.3 christos }
4860 1.1.1.3 christos
4861 1.1.1.3 christos p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
4862 1.1.1.3 christos strcpy (p, ereg->name);
4863 1.1.1.3 christos
4864 1.1.1.3 christos subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
4865 1.1.1.3 christos }
4866 1.1.1.3 christos
4867 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handler .extCoreRegister pseudo-op. */
4868 1.1.1.3 christos
4869 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4870 1.1.1.3 christos arc_extcorereg (int opertype)
4871 1.1.1.3 christos {
4872 1.1.1.3 christos extRegister_t ereg;
4873 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
4874 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flag_operand *ccode;
4875 1.1.1.3 christos
4876 1.1.1.3 christos memset (&ereg, 0, sizeof (ereg));
4877 1.1.1.4 christos if (!tokenize_extregister (&ereg, opertype))
4878 1.1.1.4 christos return;
4879 1.1.1.3 christos
4880 1.1.1.3 christos switch (opertype)
4881 1.1.1.3 christos {
4882 1.1.1.3 christos case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
4883 1.1.1.3 christos /* Core register. */
4884 1.1.1.3 christos if (ereg.number > 60)
4885 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("core register %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
4886 1.1.1.3 christos ereg.number);
4887 1.1.1.3 christos declare_register (ereg.name, ereg.number);
4888 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4889 1.1.1.3 christos case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
4890 1.1.1.3 christos /* Auxiliary register. */
4891 1.1.1.3 christos auxr = XNEW (struct arc_aux_reg);
4892 1.1.1.3 christos auxr->name = ereg.name;
4893 1.1.1.4 christos auxr->cpu = selected_cpu.flags;
4894 1.1.1.3 christos auxr->subclass = NONE;
4895 1.1.1.3 christos auxr->address = ereg.number;
4896 1.1.1.6 christos if (str_hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, auxr, 0) != NULL)
4897 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("duplicate aux register %s"), auxr->name);
4898 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4899 1.1.1.3 christos case EXT_COND_CODE:
4900 1.1.1.3 christos /* Condition code. */
4901 1.1.1.3 christos if (ereg.number > 31)
4902 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("condition code %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
4903 1.1.1.3 christos ereg.number);
4904 1.1.1.3 christos ext_condcode.size ++;
4905 1.1.1.3 christos ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode =
4906 1.1.1.3 christos XRESIZEVEC (struct arc_flag_operand, ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode,
4907 1.1.1.3 christos ext_condcode.size + 1);
4908 1.1.1.3 christos
4909 1.1.1.3 christos ccode = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode + ext_condcode.size - 1;
4910 1.1.1.3 christos ccode->name = ereg.name;
4911 1.1.1.3 christos ccode->code = ereg.number;
4912 1.1.1.3 christos ccode->bits = 5;
4913 1.1.1.3 christos ccode->shift = 0;
4914 1.1.1.3 christos ccode->favail = 0; /* not used. */
4915 1.1.1.3 christos ccode++;
4916 1.1.1.3 christos memset (ccode, 0, sizeof (struct arc_flag_operand));
4917 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4918 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4919 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Unknown extension"));
4920 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4921 1.1.1.3 christos }
4922 1.1.1.3 christos create_extcore_section (&ereg, opertype);
4923 1.1.1.3 christos }
4924 1.1.1.3 christos
4925 1.1.1.4 christos /* Parse a .arc_attribute directive. */
4926 1.1.1.4 christos
4927 1.1.1.4 christos static void
4928 1.1.1.4 christos arc_attribute (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4929 1.1.1.4 christos {
4930 1.1.1.4 christos int tag = obj_elf_vendor_attribute (OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
4931 1.1.1.4 christos
4932 1.1.1.4 christos if (tag < NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES)
4933 1.1.1.6 christos attributes_set_explicitly[tag] = true;
4934 1.1.1.4 christos }
4935 1.1.1.4 christos
4936 1.1.1.4 christos /* Set an attribute if it has not already been set by the user. */
4937 1.1.1.4 christos
4938 1.1.1.4 christos static void
4939 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_attribute_int (int tag, int value)
4940 1.1.1.4 christos {
4941 1.1.1.4 christos if (tag < 1
4942 1.1.1.4 christos || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
4943 1.1.1.4 christos || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
4944 1.1.1.7 christos if (!bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, tag, value))
4945 1.1.1.7 christos as_fatal (_("error adding attribute: %s"),
4946 1.1.1.7 christos bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
4947 1.1.1.4 christos }
4948 1.1.1.4 christos
4949 1.1.1.4 christos static void
4950 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_attribute_string (int tag, const char *value)
4951 1.1.1.4 christos {
4952 1.1.1.4 christos if (tag < 1
4953 1.1.1.4 christos || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
4954 1.1.1.4 christos || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
4955 1.1.1.7 christos if (!bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_string (stdoutput, tag, value))
4956 1.1.1.7 christos as_fatal (_("error adding attribute: %s"),
4957 1.1.1.7 christos bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
4958 1.1.1.4 christos }
4959 1.1.1.4 christos
4960 1.1.1.4 christos /* Allocate and concatenate two strings. s1 can be NULL but not
4961 1.1.1.4 christos s2. s1 pointer is freed at end of this procedure. */
4962 1.1.1.4 christos
4963 1.1.1.4 christos static char *
4964 1.1.1.4 christos arc_stralloc (char * s1, const char * s2)
4965 1.1.1.4 christos {
4966 1.1.1.4 christos char * p;
4967 1.1.1.4 christos int len = 0;
4968 1.1.1.4 christos
4969 1.1.1.4 christos if (s1)
4970 1.1.1.4 christos len = strlen (s1) + 1;
4971 1.1.1.4 christos
4972 1.1.1.4 christos /* Only s1 can be null. */
4973 1.1.1.4 christos gas_assert (s2);
4974 1.1.1.4 christos len += strlen (s2) + 1;
4975 1.1.1.4 christos
4976 1.1.1.4 christos p = (char *) xmalloc (len);
4977 1.1.1.4 christos
4978 1.1.1.4 christos if (s1)
4979 1.1.1.4 christos {
4980 1.1.1.4 christos strcpy (p, s1);
4981 1.1.1.4 christos strcat (p, ",");
4982 1.1.1.4 christos strcat (p, s2);
4983 1.1.1.4 christos free (s1);
4984 1.1.1.4 christos }
4985 1.1.1.4 christos else
4986 1.1.1.4 christos strcpy (p, s2);
4987 1.1.1.4 christos
4988 1.1.1.4 christos return p;
4989 1.1.1.4 christos }
4990 1.1.1.4 christos
4991 1.1.1.4 christos /* Set the public ARC object attributes. */
4992 1.1.1.4 christos
4993 1.1.1.4 christos static void
4994 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_public_attributes (void)
4995 1.1.1.4 christos {
4996 1.1.1.4 christos int base = 0;
4997 1.1.1.4 christos char *s = NULL;
4998 1.1.1.4 christos unsigned int i;
4999 1.1.1.4 christos
5000 1.1.1.4 christos /* Tag_ARC_CPU_name. */
5001 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_CPU_name, selected_cpu.name);
5002 1.1.1.4 christos
5003 1.1.1.4 christos /* Tag_ARC_CPU_base. */
5004 1.1.1.4 christos switch (selected_cpu.eflags & EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
5005 1.1.1.4 christos {
5006 1.1.1.4 christos case E_ARC_MACH_ARC600:
5007 1.1.1.4 christos case E_ARC_MACH_ARC601:
5008 1.1.1.4 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARC6xx;
5009 1.1.1.4 christos break;
5010 1.1.1.4 christos case E_ARC_MACH_ARC700:
5011 1.1.1.4 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARC7xx;
5012 1.1.1.4 christos break;
5013 1.1.1.4 christos case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM:
5014 1.1.1.4 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARCEM;
5015 1.1.1.4 christos break;
5016 1.1.1.4 christos case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS:
5017 1.1.1.4 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARCHS;
5018 1.1.1.4 christos break;
5019 1.1.1.4 christos default:
5020 1.1.1.4 christos base = 0;
5021 1.1.1.4 christos break;
5022 1.1.1.4 christos }
5023 1.1.1.4 christos if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_CPU_base]
5024 1.1.1.4 christos && (base != bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
5025 1.1.1.4 christos Tag_ARC_CPU_base)))
5026 1.1.1.4 christos as_warn (_("Overwrite explicitly set Tag_ARC_CPU_base"));
5027 1.1.1.7 christos if (!bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, Tag_ARC_CPU_base, base))
5028 1.1.1.7 christos as_fatal (_("error adding attribute: %s"),
5029 1.1.1.7 christos bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
5030 1.1.1.4 christos
5031 1.1.1.4 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_osver. */
5032 1.1.1.4 christos if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_ABI_osver])
5033 1.1.1.4 christos {
5034 1.1.1.4 christos int val = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
5035 1.1.1.4 christos Tag_ARC_ABI_osver);
5036 1.1.1.4 christos
5037 1.1.1.4 christos selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_OSABI_MSK)
5038 1.1.1.4 christos | (val & 0x0f << 8));
5039 1.1.1.4 christos }
5040 1.1.1.4 christos else
5041 1.1.1.4 christos {
5042 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT >> 8);
5043 1.1.1.4 christos }
5044 1.1.1.4 christos
5045 1.1.1.4 christos /* Tag_ARC_ISA_config. */
5046 1.1.1.4 christos arc_check_feature();
5047 1.1.1.4 christos
5048 1.1.1.4 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
5049 1.1.1.4 christos if (selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
5050 1.1.1.4 christos s = arc_stralloc (s, feature_list[i].attr);
5051 1.1.1.4 christos
5052 1.1.1.4 christos if (s)
5053 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_ISA_config, s);
5054 1.1.1.4 christos
5055 1.1.1.4 christos /* Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option. */
5056 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option, mpy_option);
5057 1.1.1.4 christos
5058 1.1.1.4 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_pic. */
5059 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic, pic_option);
5060 1.1.1.4 christos
5061 1.1.1.4 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_sda. */
5062 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda, sda_option);
5063 1.1.1.4 christos
5064 1.1.1.4 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_tls. */
5065 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls, tls_option);
5066 1.1.1.5 christos
5067 1.1.1.5 christos /* Tag_ARC_ATR_version. */
5068 1.1.1.5 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ATR_version, 1);
5069 1.1.1.5 christos
5070 1.1.1.5 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16. */
5071 1.1.1.5 christos if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16]
5072 1.1.1.5 christos && bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
5073 1.1.1.5 christos Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16)
5074 1.1.1.5 christos && !rf16_only)
5075 1.1.1.5 christos {
5076 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn (_("Overwrite explicitly set Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16 to full "
5077 1.1.1.5 christos "register file"));
5078 1.1.1.7 christos if (!bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16, 0))
5079 1.1.1.7 christos as_fatal (_("error adding attribute: %s"),
5080 1.1.1.7 christos bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
5081 1.1.1.5 christos }
5082 1.1.1.4 christos }
5083 1.1.1.4 christos
5084 1.1.1.4 christos /* Add the default contents for the .ARC.attributes section. */
5085 1.1.1.4 christos
5086 1.1.1.4 christos void
5087 1.1.1.7 christos arc_md_finish (void)
5088 1.1.1.4 christos {
5089 1.1.1.4 christos arc_set_public_attributes ();
5090 1.1.1.4 christos
5091 1.1.1.4 christos if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
5092 1.1.1.4 christos as_fatal (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
5093 1.1.1.4 christos
5094 1.1.1.4 christos bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
5095 1.1.1.4 christos }
5096 1.1.1.4 christos
5097 1.1.1.4 christos void arc_copy_symbol_attributes (symbolS *dest, symbolS *src)
5098 1.1.1.4 christos {
5099 1.1.1.4 christos ARC_GET_FLAG (dest) = ARC_GET_FLAG (src);
5100 1.1.1.4 christos }
5101 1.1.1.4 christos
5102 1.1.1.4 christos int arc_convert_symbolic_attribute (const char *name)
5103 1.1.1.4 christos {
5104 1.1.1.4 christos static const struct
5105 1.1.1.4 christos {
5106 1.1.1.4 christos const char * name;
5107 1.1.1.4 christos const int tag;
5108 1.1.1.4 christos }
5109 1.1.1.4 christos attribute_table[] =
5110 1.1.1.4 christos {
5111 1.1.1.4 christos #define T(tag) {#tag, tag}
5112 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_PCS_config),
5113 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_CPU_base),
5114 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_CPU_variation),
5115 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_CPU_name),
5116 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16),
5117 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver),
5118 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda),
5119 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic),
5120 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls),
5121 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_enumsize),
5122 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_exceptions),
5123 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_double_size),
5124 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ISA_config),
5125 1.1.1.4 christos T (Tag_ARC_ISA_apex),
5126 1.1.1.5 christos T (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option),
5127 1.1.1.5 christos T (Tag_ARC_ATR_version)
5128 1.1.1.4 christos #undef T
5129 1.1.1.4 christos };
5130 1.1.1.4 christos unsigned int i;
5131 1.1.1.4 christos
5132 1.1.1.4 christos if (name == NULL)
5133 1.1.1.4 christos return -1;
5134 1.1.1.4 christos
5135 1.1.1.4 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (attribute_table); i++)
5136 1.1.1.4 christos if (streq (name, attribute_table[i].name))
5137 1.1.1.4 christos return attribute_table[i].tag;
5138 1.1.1.4 christos
5139 1.1.1.4 christos return -1;
5140 1.1.1.4 christos }
5141 1.1.1.4 christos
5142 1.1.1.3 christos /* Local variables:
5143 1.1.1.3 christos eval: (c-set-style "gnu")
5144 1.1.1.3 christos indent-tabs-mode: t
5145 1.1.1.3 christos End: */
5146